[S-1] American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. Files IPO Registration Statement
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. has filed an S-1 for a secondary offering of 3,000,000 shares of common stock being sold by existing stockholders, with no proceeds to the company. The selling stockholders have also granted underwriters a 30-day option to buy up to 450,000 additional shares. The stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol AII, and the last reported price on November 14, 2025 was $24.96 per share.
American Integrity is a Florida-focused residential property insurer, with 406,094 policies in-force as of September 30, 2025. For 2024, it generated gross premiums written of $767.7 million and net income of $39.7 million$738.2 million, net income was $78.8 million, and adjusted net income was $83.4 million, while shareholders’ equity rose to $315.9 million from $162.4 million at December 31, 2024.
- None.
- None.
Table of Contents
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
Matthew L. Fry Haynes and Boone, LLP 2801 N. Harwood Street, Suite 2300 Dallas, Texas 75201 (214) 651-5000 |
Dwight S. Yoo Ryan J. Dzierniejko Michael P. Reed Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Manhattan West New York, New York 10001 (212) 735-3000 |
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
| ☒ | Smaller reporting company | |||||
| Emerging growth company | ||||||
Table of Contents
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 17, 2025.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
3,000,000 Shares
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Common Stock
The Selling Stockholders (as defined herein) identified in this prospectus are offering an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “AII.” On November 14, 2025, the last reported share price of our Common Stock on the NYSE was $24.96 per share.
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Common Stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings. See “Risk Factors” and “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| Per Share | Total | |||||||
| Public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Underwriting discount and commissions to be paid by the Selling Stockholders(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
The Selling Stockholders have granted the underwriters the option, for a period of 30 days, to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Common Stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2025.
| (* in alphabetical order) | ||||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods* | Piper Sandler* | William Blair | ||
| A Stifel Company | ||||
Prospectus dated , 2025
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| PROSPECTUS SUMMARY |
1 | |||
| RISK FACTORS |
21 | |||
| CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS |
47 | |||
| DIVIDEND POLICY |
49 | |||
| USE OF PROCEEDS |
50 | |||
| MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
51 | |||
| INDUSTRY |
81 | |||
| BUSINESS |
88 | |||
| MANAGEMENT |
119 | |||
| EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION |
124 | |||
| CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
134 | |||
| SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS |
136 | |||
| DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK |
138 | |||
| CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR ERISA AND OTHER U.S. BENEFIT PLANS |
145 | |||
| SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE |
147 | |||
| U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS |
149 | |||
| UNDERWRITING |
153 | |||
| LEGAL MATTERS |
163 | |||
| EXPERTS |
163 | |||
| CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITOR |
163 | |||
| WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION |
165 | |||
| INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES |
F-1 |
None of us, the Selling Stockholders or the underwriters has authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The Selling Stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of Common Stock and seeking offers to buy shares of Common Stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the United States: None of we, the Selling Stockholders or any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
i
Table of Contents
COMMONLY USED DEFINED TERMS
As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, the terms listed below have the following meanings:
| • | “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “American Integrity” and similar references refer: (i) following the consummation of the Corporate Contribution, to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) prior to the completion of the Corporate Contribution, to AIIG and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. |
| • | “AICS” means American Integrity Claims Services, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “AIIC” means American Integrity Insurance Company, a Florida corporation (f/k/a American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida). |
| • | “AIIG” means American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “AIMGA” means American Integrity MGA, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
| • | “Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
| • | “Citizens” means Citizens Property Insurance Corporation of Florida, a Florida corporation. Citizens was created by the Florida legislature in 2002 as a not-for-profit, tax-exempt, government entity to provide property insurance to eligible Florida property owners unable to find insurance coverage through the private market. |
| • | “Corporate Contribution” refers to the contribution of the Legacy Owners’ equity interests in AIIG to the Company in exchange for an aggregate of 12,904,495 shares of the Company’s Common Stock on May 7, 2025. |
| • | “FLOIR” means the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation. |
| • | “IPO” means the initial public offering of the Company that was priced on May 7, 2025 and closed on May 9, 2025, with an additional closing on May 13, 2025 for the over-allotment option exercised by the underwriters. |
| • | “Legacy Owners” refers collectively to the owners of units of AIIG prior to the consummation of the Corporate Contribution. |
| • | “NCQSR” refers to Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance, our existing quota share arrangements with third-party reinsurers to provide capital relief for certain losses as described in “Business — Our Strategies — Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite.” |
| • | “NYSE” refers to the New York Stock Exchange. |
| • | “PIF” refers to policies in-force, which represents the number of active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced. |
| • | “Registration Rights Agreement” refers to that certain registration rights agreement by and among the Company, Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie, dated May 7, 2025. |
| • | “Selling Stockholders” means Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC (“Sowell & Co.”), Robert Ritchie, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director, and Steven Smathers, a Director of the Company, who are offering shares of Common Stock in this offering. |
| • | “Take-out” refers to a depopulation from Citizens where we selectively assume policies from Citizens as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Comparability Between Periods — Citizens “Take-out” Program.” |
| • | “Voluntary Market” refers to the insurance market in which the Company underwrites and sells policies to policyholders where the Company may freely choose or reject such policies without the assistance of residual market mechanisms. |
ii
Table of Contents
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), was formed on January 15, 2025. American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“AIIG”), was formed in 2006. On May 7, 2025, the holders of all of the outstanding equity of AIIG contributed all of their equity interests in AIIG to the Company (the “Corporate Contribution”) in exchange for an aggregate of 12,904,495 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”). Information for any periods prior to May 7, 2025 relates to AIIG and its subsidiaries.
Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
AIIG is the accounting predecessor of the Company for financial reporting purposes. The Company became the audited financial reporting entity following the Company’s IPO in May 2025. Accordingly, this prospectus contains certain historical financial information of AIIG. Financial information for AIIG and its subsidiaries prior to the year ended December 31, 2023 is derived from audited financial statements that were audited by our prior auditors, Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., and not by our current independent registered public accounting firm. See “Experts” and “Change in Independent Auditor.” Such information includes the historical net income data prior to 2023, the financial data for periods prior to 2023 on which compound annual growth rates are calculated and similar disclosure.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.
iii
Table of Contents
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources, and management estimates.
Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with us or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the following non-GAAP financial measures: (i) underwriting income (loss), (ii) adjusted net income (loss), (iii) adjusted earnings per share, (iv) adjusted return on equity, (v) underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio and (vi) ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio.
Underwriting income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income (loss) before income taxes, excluding net investment income, net realized gains and losses on investments, interest expense, other income and stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding net realized gains or losses on investments, stock compensation expense, and certain non-recurring or non-cash expenses, including those incurred in connection with our IPO, net of tax. Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income divided by the average of beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the applicable period, and is annualized for interim periods, as applicable. Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, and defined as the ratio of loss and loss adjustment expense, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We present the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP.
Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of
iv
Table of Contents
our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels and different go-to-market models; (iv) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments. The non-GAAP financial measures are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to the corresponding GAAP measures of financial performance, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. For a discussion of the use of the non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
v
Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Common Stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to AIIG and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Corporate Contribution and to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. following the Corporate Contribution. For the definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus and not defined herein, see “Commonly Used Defined Terms.” References to the “Selling Stockholders” refer to Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC (“Sowell & Co.”), Robert Ritchie, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director, and Steven Smathers, a Director of the Company, who are offering shares of Common Stock in this offering.
Who We Are
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, American Integrity Insurance Company (“AIIC”), we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. Florida represented 94.5% of our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 and 97.1% of our in-force premium as of September 30, 2025. We are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on policies in-force (fourth excluding Citizens and national carriers) as of September 30, 2025 and wrote the fifth most residential policies in Florida (second excluding Citizens and national carriers) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, according to data compiled by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“FLOIR”), making us a leading specialty residential property insurer in the state.
We have been a stable, disciplined provider of residential insurance coverage in Florida for more than 19 years. Our management team founded our company in 2006 to capitalize on dislocation in the Florida residential property insurance market following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons, in which a number of severe hurricanes resulted in record insured property losses and caused a number of national insurance companies to retreat from writing residential property insurance in the state. As of September 30, 2025, our policies in-force were 406,094, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, our gross premiums written were $738.2 million.
|
|
| 1 |
Table of Contents
Florida has a large and growing population with a growing residential property insurance market. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the United States from 2023 to 2024. Population growth supports growth in the property insurance market, which creates opportunity for insurance carriers with the specialized expertise to profitably underwrite property insurance in the Florida market. Florida is a complex property insurance market with a distinct regulatory environment and risk profile due to its geographic location, population centers concentrated along the coast, and elevated threat of property damage from catastrophic weather events, including hurricanes, requiring a tailored approach to providing insurance coverage. We believe that consistently delivering underwriting profits in this market requires a high level of focus and specialization. This includes localized knowledge, market-specific expertise, granular and analytical underwriting and claims management, extensive historical data, effective use of technology, and a deep understanding of Florida’s regulatory environment – all of which we believe we have developed over our 19-year history writing residential property insurance in Florida. We believe this expertise is transferable and repeatable in other Southeastern coastal states, including South Carolina and Georgia, and we expect to begin writing policies in North Carolina in the fourth quarter of 2025 following regulatory approval. Through active monitoring of local market conditions and prudent risk selection and capital allocation, we seek to be a stable and reliable insurance market for our policyholders and distribution partners, and to consistently deliver best-in-class profitability and value creation for our stockholders.
As of September 30, 2025, we had 406,094 policies in-force. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we produced gross premiums written of $767.7 million, net premiums written of $194.4 million, net income of $39.7 million, and adjusted net income of $39.6 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we produced gross premiums written of $738.2 million, net premiums written of $74.2 million, net income of $78.8 million, and adjusted net income of $83.4 million. At September 30, 2025, we had total shareholders’ equity of $315.9 million compared to $162.4 million at December 31, 2024. For a reconciliation of underwriting income and adjusted net income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Our history of profitability and prudent exposure management is matched by our commitment to innovation. We have built a technology-forward platform that we believe augments the expertise of our underwriting and claims teams, enhances our access to risk and claims data, accelerates and improves our underwriting and claims decision making, and improves our distribution partner and policyholder interface. Our use of advanced technology solutions covers the insurance process end-to-end, from risk selection and underwriting to streamlined quoting, policy management and claims handling. Our technology and data capture are critical to our ability to monitor our underwriting results at a granular level, timely modify our underwriting criteria and pricing to respond to changing market conditions, and effectively navigate Florida’s historically volatile property insurance market cycles.
We believe the current Florida residential property insurance market presents substantial attractive opportunities for carriers with specialized underwriting and claims expertise, established distribution relationships, advanced technology, and entrepreneurial leadership. Despite historical market-related disruptions and challenges caused by increasing hurricane catastrophe activity and other severe weather events, a general tort environment related to property insurance that led to increased litigation, and reduced insurance capacity as a result of multiple large national insurance carrier exits, we believe the legislative reforms in Florida enacted in late 2022, in addition to Assignment of Benefits (“AOB”) reform, which began in 2019, are proving effective at combating historically rampant property insurance legal system abuse and claims fraud, paving the way for a more stable and resilient property insurance market and greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
| 2 |
Table of Contents
Our Business
We seek to leverage our experience, proprietary technology, underwriting expertise and robust claims management capabilities to provide a stable and reliable residential property insurance market for our distribution partners and policyholders and offer competitive residential property insurance coverages that are appropriately priced for the risk we are taking. All of our insurance policies are written on an admitted basis, meaning our rates and policy forms have been approved by the insurance department of each state in which we sell our policies and our policies are backed by state guaranty funds. Since our founding, we have sought to develop strong relationships with our regulators, which we believe help us better navigate and adapt to changing market conditions and maintain our targeted profitability levels.
We employ a vertically integrated operating model whereby we control or manage substantially all aspects of insurance underwriting, actuarial analysis, pricing, distribution, and claims processing and adjudication. While some Florida residential property insurance companies have built their business in large part by assuming policies written by state-owned insurers such as Citizens Property Insurance Corporation of Florida (“Citizens”) and rely on these assumptions to generate new business, we primarily distribute our products through the “Voluntary Market,” meaning we directly underwrite and sell residential property insurance coverage to single family homeowners and condominium owners. We offer our insurance coverages through multiple distribution channels in the Voluntary Market, including independent insurance agents, new construction home builder agents, and national insurance carriers that have restricted their writing of residential homeowners insurance policies in Florida and refer business to us.
In addition to our Voluntary Market business, we also selectively and opportunistically assume polices from Citizens when we believe there is an opportunity to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. From 2014 through 2023, we did not assume polices from Citizens. The Florida legislative reforms in 2022 removed one-way attorneys’ fees, tightened bad faith standards and eliminated excessive AOB, which have led to a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the state. As the legislative reforms impacting the Florida residential property insurance market have taken hold and created what we believe to be a more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, coupled with Citizens raising its rates to be more comparable to the Voluntary Market and our pricing requirements, we have recently capitalized on opportunities to selectively assume policies from Citizens that we believe to be attractive. While we will continue to primarily be a Voluntary Market underwriter and we believe other carriers may choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022, we believe selectively assuming policies from Citizens in the current market environment can be an attractive opportunity to augment our growth and profitability. As of September 30, 2025, 77.6% of our in-force polices were from the Voluntary Market and 22.4% were assumed from Citizens.
We utilize proprietary technology, our deep knowledge of the Florida residential property insurance market, our specialized underwriting expertise and a sophisticated risk management strategy to differentiate ourselves in the market, profitably underwrite attractive property insurance risks and prudently grow our business. We have thoughtfully constructed our portfolio of insurance policies with (i) geographically diverse property exposures within Florida to manage our exposure to catastrophic hurricane and severe weather events impacting particular locations and (ii) risks for which we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the catastrophe and attritional non-catastrophe loss potential and present us with the opportunity to earn an attractive underwriting
| 3 |
Table of Contents
profit. As of September 30, 2025, the geographic distribution of our policies in-force, net in-force premium and total insured values in Florida were as follows:
Writings by Florida County
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) County |
PIF(1) | % of Total FL PIF(1) |
Net In-Force Premium |
% of Total FL Net In-Force Premium |
TIV | % of FL TIV |
||||||||||||||||||
| Polk |
26,366 | 7 | % | $ | 46 | 5 | % | $ | 13,389 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Lee |
25,899 | 7 | % | $ | 68 | 8 | % | $ | 14,588 | 7 | % | |||||||||||||
| Orange |
25,280 | 7 | % | $ | 56 | 6 | % | $ | 13,924 | 7 | % | |||||||||||||
| Duval |
22,440 | 6 | % | $ | 37 | 4 | % | $ | 11,670 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Hillsborough |
20,795 | 5 | % | $ | 49 | 6 | % | $ | 12,614 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Pasco |
19,470 | 5 | % | $ | 39 | 4 | % | $ | 12,472 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Osceola |
19,428 | 5 | % | $ | 40 | 5 | % | $ | 10,090 | 5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Palm Beach |
18,673 | 5 | % | $ | 72 | 8 | % | $ | 8,104 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Marion |
16,497 | 4 | % | $ | 24 | 3 | % | $ | 8,244 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Brevard |
13,900 | 4 | % | $ | 34 | 4 | % | $ | 7,259 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Volusia |
13,159 | 3 | % | $ | 27 | 3 | % | $ | 6,981 | 3 | % | |||||||||||||
| Other |
162,033 | 42 | % | $ | 390 | 44 | % | $ | 87,543 | 42 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
383,940 | 100 | % | $ | 884 | 100 | % | $ | 206,878 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (1) | Consists solely of policies in-force in Florida. |
Our business is supported by a comprehensive exposure and risk management framework — the cornerstone of which is our robust reinsurance program — that we believe increases the consistency and predictability of our earnings and protects our capital against hurricane and other severe weather-related events. We purchase excess of loss, quota share, per risk and facultative reinsurance from highly rated third-party reinsurers. We have strong relationships with third-party reinsurers, which we believe are a result of our industry experience and reputation for selective and disciplined underwriting. We have historically purchased reinsurance in-line with, and occasionally in excess of, what regulators and rating agencies require and in amounts that we believe are conservative in an effort to minimize the volatility of our earnings and protect our capital.
We closely manage all aspects of our claims adjustment process and strive to adjudicate and settle all non-catastrophe claims with our in-house claims professionals. In the case of catastrophic events, we supplement our internal claims handling resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims and ensure timely responses to our policyholders.
| 4 |
Table of Contents
We believe our history of profitability operating in the complex, nuanced and historically volatile Florida property insurance market, as illustrated by our GAAP net income since 2008 as set forth below, is the result of our specialized risk selection, pricing strategies and claims management capabilities:
($ millions)
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Florida residential property insurance market expertise
Since our founding in 2006, we have principally focused on serving the Florida residential property insurance market. Florida represented 94.5% of our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 and 97.1% of our in-force premium as of September 30, 2025. Throughout our 19-year history, we have maintained a consistent market presence with independent agents and policyholders in Florida, prudently adjusting our underwriting criteria (whether that be based on sub-geographies, home age, or types of home construction, among other factors) and pricing to consistently generate attractive underwriting margins and profits across multiple property and casualty insurance (“P&C”) cycles and Florida property insurance cycles. According to the FLOIR, we are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on policies in-force (fourth excluding Citizens and national carriers) as of September 30, 2025 and wrote the fifth most residential policies in Florida (second excluding Citizens and national carriers) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We believe we have developed a deep understanding of the risks inherent with underwriting residential property insurance in Florida, cultivated strong relationships with distribution partners, reinsurance partners and regulators, and accumulated robust, proprietary underwriting, claims and loss data over our 19-year history to inform our risk selection and pricing.
As market conditions evolve, we use our market knowledge and experience to adjust our underwriting appetite to increase exposure to risks and market opportunities we believe are most attractive within the Florida market and reduce exposure where we believe competition is irrational or where we are not receiving appropriate premium for the risk we are assuming. We believe our established, multi-channel distribution relationships in the Florida market are a differentiator in a market where a number of our peers principally, or in some cases almost exclusively, have relied on assuming policies from Citizens to generate new business as opposed to writing business in the Voluntary Market. We believe our distribution relationships position us to maintain and increase
| 5 |
Table of Contents
our market share as the residential property market in Florida continues to grow and as the improved regulatory and litigation environment provides attractive new market opportunities. We also believe our expertise from operating in Florida is transferable to other Southeastern coastal states.
Disciplined, analytical and tech-enabled underwriting
We believe our underwriting processes and systems support a dynamic underwriting model and exposure management framework that have allowed us to produce attractive financial results in the complex Florida residential property insurance market, as evidenced by our long-term track record of profitability and increasing shareholders’ equity through retained earnings.
We utilize proprietary historical and third-party data to underwrite risks to the rate, terms and conditions that we believe are appropriate. Our granular, risk-level data down to the census block (the smallest geographic unit used by the U.S. Census Bureau for tabulation of 100-percent data) allow for fast, accurate rate determinations and real-time quoting, including catastrophe loss estimates, to quote individual premium rates on high value homes. In addition to this granularity, our systems and processes support rapid regulatory approval and internal rate implementation during our quarterly rate adequacy assessments, enabling us to adjust pricing to protect margins. This has been particularly important in recent years in the face of inflation, the litigation crisis in the Florida property insurance market, and increasing property reinsurance costs.
We believe our investment in technology sets us apart from our competitors and positions us to identify emerging loss trends and to quickly and effectively adapt to changing market conditions. As an example, through enhancements to our data warehouse, we captured and were able to analyze data that identified a “roof crisis” in Central Florida in 2018, in which “roofing scams” significantly increased as contractors sought to file fraudulent damage claims in order to receive insurance payouts. We responded quickly to limit our writings and non-renew policies we believed to be at an elevated risk of loss. By shrinking our business in Central Florida from approximately 60,000 policies in-force at December 31, 2019 to approximately 35,000 at December 31, 2022, we were able to minimize the negative impact of these losses.
Our proprietary technology platform integrates policy issuance, document management, ratemaking, underwriting, billing and data collection into a single system. The system is configurable by our internal technology team, which allows for rapid modifications, and seamlessly integrates APIs from third-party data sources, including BuildFax, LexisNexis, Verisk, and Cape Analytics. We believe that our technology footprint, data fidelity and data capture and analysis capabilities are critical to our ability to consistently generate attractive risk-adjusted underwriting margins in the market we serve.
Fully integrated in-house claims management to rapidly identify and respond to emerging trends
We have a robust in-house claims management function that is responsible for all aspects of our claims adjudication process. All non-catastrophe claims in Florida are handled entirely by our in-house claims team. We believe handling claims in-house allows us to better coordinate between claims and underwriting departments, collect more granular claims data, quickly respond to claims, deliver a consistent agent and insured experience, better control loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), and implement claims strategies and pursue rate, form, and underwriting actions we believe to be appropriate. We believe our data-driven approach to claims has allowed us to profitably navigate historical loss trends unique to the Florida market, such as losses related to sinkholes, AOBs, roof claims and cast-iron pipe claims. In the case of claims outside of Florida or a catastrophic event in Florida, we supplement internal claims resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims to ensure timely responses to our policyholders and to manage claim costs. When we contract with claims adjusting firms, our in-house claims department oversees and manages the work performed by these firms to ensure claims are being handled to our standards.
| 6 |
Table of Contents
We believe that our people, systems and organizational structure around our claims management have been a key contributor to our underwriting performance.
Deep relationships with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents
We employ a multi-channel distribution strategy in the Voluntary Market to distribute our insurance policies through various channels, including independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers, and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. Independent insurance agents represent our largest distribution channel, as measured by gross premiums written production for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We have methodically developed our independent agent distribution partnerships in an effort to align the interests of our distribution partners with our desire to write profitable business. We appoint only those independent insurance agents that we believe can consistently produce targeted volumes of quality business for us, and we seek to maintain excellent relationships with this group of agents by being a consistent market for Florida homeowners risks that meet our underwriting appetite, presenting clear underwriting criteria and pricing, paying competitive commissions, ensuring rapid speed to quote, offering consistently high-quality service and expertise, and maintaining financial stability. We carefully allocate capacity to our independent agents to ensure they benefit from our franchise value and do not experience a cannibalizing level of competition from other independent agents with an American Integrity appointment. In return, we expect our agents to work with us to develop business plans and incentive programs that align with our underwriting goals. This has allowed us to be a reliable, consistent partner to our agents over time and aligns their incentives with our business objectives. Independent agents have the ability to write business with other insurance carriers, and we compete for their services with other carriers based on a variety of factors including quality of service, responsiveness to policy submissions and claims, tenure and reputation in the market and financial strength, as well as the products, pricing and commissions that we offer. We believe the strength of our independent insurance agent relationships are a differentiating factor in the Florida market, where we believe a number of carriers have relied – in some cases exclusively – on assuming policies from Citizens as their primary source of new business and have made limited investment in independent agent distribution or other distribution channels. We believe our distribution relationships position us for more predictable policy and premium growth, stronger policy retention rates, and superior underwriting results across P&C insurance and Florida property market cycles.
We have developed partnerships with national insurance carriers who restrict their writing of residential homeowners policies in Florida, including Allstate, American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA, to offer residential property insurance to their customers who are also seeking Florida residential property insurance coverage. We recently added partnerships with affiliates of Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. We handle all underwriting, pricing and claims management of these policies, and all policies are offered on our policy forms and are solely adjudicated by us. We believe these relationships provide attractive new business growth opportunities incremental to our writings through the independent agency channel. The national carriers benefit from our partnership due to their enhanced ability to service their existing policyholders in need of homeowners insurance in Florida, creating strong and strategic alignment.
We also have developed strong relationships with retail insurance agents affiliated with homebuilders to increase our access to the new home construction market, which has seen substantial growth in Florida in recent years. These new homes are required to comply with the latest building codes and standards, allowing us to generally offer more competitive risk-adjusted rates while maintaining our targeted profitability in our book of business. We have completed technology integrations with new construction builder agencies in order to better integrate into their business and serve their needs. We believe this distribution channel will continue to grow as a result of continued strong population growth within Florida, a lack of available existing home supply, and the resulting increase in new home building. Many of our homebuilder partnerships operate in additional Southeastern coastal states, and we will look to leverage these relationships as we selectively expand our geographic footprint.
| 7 |
Table of Contents
Sophisticated risk transfer program with high-quality third-party reinsurers
We purchase third-party reinsurance to help manage our exposure to catastrophic weather events. Our relationships with our reinsurers, all of whom have a financial strength rating of “A-” or better by A.M. Best or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance limit or recoverable, have been developed over time as a result of our extensive experience and reputation for selective underwriting in the Florida market. Our financial strength, underwriting results and the long-term relationships between our organization and our reinsurance partners have resulted in consistent reinsurance capacity across P&C insurance and Florida property insurance cycles. We regularly assess and adjust our reinsurance structure as we see necessary to optimize the effectiveness of our reinsurance program. We currently utilize quota share, facultative, property per-risk and excess of loss reinsurance to provide significant levels of balance sheet and earnings protection, and to support the size of our in-force premium and insured exposure relative to our capital base.
Strong balance sheet and capital position
Since our inception, we supported the capital needs of our business and grew our shareholders’ equity to $206.7 million at our IPO on May 7, 2025 through consistent profitability and the accumulation of retained earnings. During that period, we achieved this without raising outside equity capital beyond our initial capitalization of an aggregate of $10.3 million in 2006 and 2007, while also paying $75 million in aggregate profit distributions to our equity owners.
As of September 30, 2025, we have grown shareholders’ equity to $315.9 million with a debt to equity ratio on our balance sheet of less than 1%. Debt to equity ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by shareholders’ equity.
We have a conservative investment portfolio managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, LP that is focused on highly-rated, short-duration investment grade fixed income securities, a strong reinsurance program and conservatively booked reserves.
Our strong capitalization is a critical component to our relationships with our policyholders, distribution partners, and reinsurance partners who value our financial strength and the stability of our balance sheet. We endeavor to maintain and continue to enhance our strong capital position through the accumulation of retained earnings, our utilization of third-party reinsurance, and our conservative investment strategy and reserving strategy.
Experienced, entrepreneurial and financially aligned management team with a track record of success in the Florida homeowners insurance market
We have a deep and experienced management team with expertise spanning underwriting, claims, technology and insurance operations that we believe has been integral to our past performance and will help drive our long-term success. Our management team has remained largely consistent since our founding in 2006, with an average of more than 10 years with the Company, and has deep expertise in the Florida property insurance market. Our team is led by industry veteran Robert Ritchie, who has served as Chief Executive Officer since our founding in 2006, along with our Chairman, David Clark. Jon Ritchie, our President, has been with us since 2009, and Ben Lurie, our Chief Financial Officer, has served in a variety of different roles, including Director, Vice President and Secretary, with us since 2017. Many of our employees and members of our senior management team have worked together to build our Company from a start-up to one of the largest personal residential insurance writers in Florida. Our management team members have a significant equity ownership interest in our business, aligning their financial interests with stockholders. After giving effect to this offering, management will own over 16.1% of the Company’s Common Stock (or 15.7% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock is exercised in full).
| 8 |
Table of Contents
Our Strategies
We believe that we will be able to continue to successfully leverage our strengths to execute the following business strategies:
Capitalize on historic recent regulatory reform in Florida by profitably growing new business
We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in our existing primary market of Florida to grow the amount of new premiums we write and generate additional revenue. We believe the significant regulatory reform bills passed in December 2022 by the Florida legislature are significantly improving the property insurance underwriting environment in the state, allowing us to pursue additional new business opportunities that in the past did not meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. We have started – and expect to continue – to judiciously broaden our risk appetite as a result of these reforms, including underwriting older properties and middle-aged homes where we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the risk we are assuming and broadening our presence in certain counties where we have significantly limited our writings in the past due to the historical litigation environment. For example, we recently began writing policies in the Tri-County region of Florida (Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties), which accounts for 28% of Florida’s population according to the U.S. Census Bureau and therefore provides a substantial opportunity to grow our business in Florida. We expect to achieve our growth primarily with our existing distribution partners with whom we have built strong relationships to access business that we believe is desirable and profitable. We expect to continue to deepen our penetration of the Florida market by leveraging and growing these strong distribution relationships and employing sophisticated technology to select and underwrite risks that meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. In addition, as recent regulatory reforms continue to create a pathway to a more stable Florida property insurance market, we are seeing opportunities to grow by assuming policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. For example, in 2024, we assumed 68,844 policies from Citizens, 25,895 additional policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 7,087 policies in a November 2025 take-out. We will continue to be thoughtful and opportunistic in our pursuit of market opportunities and growth in Florida, without compromising on our commitment to, and unwavering focus on, profitability.
Consistently deliver profitability across P&C market cycles
We are a disciplined, underwriting-driven company with an unwavering focus on profitability. Despite many years of costly catastrophe events and periods of elevated attritional losses for the P&C industry as a whole, and particularly the Florida property insurance market where we principally operate, we have produced a positive return on equity in every year since our inception except two: 2018 and 2020. We have always sought to effectively manage the P&C insurance cycle and Florida property cycle since our inception to consistently deliver best-in-class underwriting results and profitability. We utilize the data we collect and analyze from our operations, combined with our view of the current P&C market and residential property insurance cycle dynamics, to adjust rates, forms, and various other underwriting criteria to optimize our new business writings.
We believe we identified and addressed Florida-wide residential insurance litigation trends earlier than many of our competitors, which has contributed to multiple years of strong underwriting outperformance compared to the broader Florida residential property insurance industry. While the industry experienced over $6.9 billion in underwriting losses between 2017 and 2024, and nearly a dozen insurance companies focusing on the Florida residential property market failed during that time period, we were profitable in every year except two, generated cumulative net income of $121.2 million, and maintained a strong, stable balance sheet with no decreases in statutory surplus. We believe these results are a testament to our disciplined approach and primary focus on stability and profitability, with a secondary focus on growth.
| 9 |
Table of Contents
Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite
In addition to our comprehensive catastrophe reinsurance program, we have historically purchased quota share reinsurance covering all business we write. Under our current Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance (“NCQSR”) arrangements, we cede 40% of our gross premiums written, net of premium ceded under our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance agreements but prior to other reinsurance agreements. Our NCQSR arrangements were established to allow us to increase our gross premiums written at a time when we believed other forms of capital were less attractive. Over time, the benefit we received from the quota share has diminished as reinsurance costs have increased industry-wide, non-catastrophe weather losses we have incurred have declined, magnifying the lost net investment income on premium we cede under the quota share. We plan to reduce our use of quota share reinsurance in the future, likely starting in the first quarter of 2026, and retain more of the premium we currently write on a net basis. Any decision to retain more premium would be based on various factors including P&C market conditions, our capital position, the cost of reinsurance and interest rates, among others. Under our current quota share reinsurance agreement, we are able to reduce the amount of business we cede, or eliminate the quota share entirely, at no cost. We believe retaining additional premium we already underwrite can be an attractive and profitable use of capital given our extensive existing knowledge of this business and its historical underwriting performance.
Continue to purchase conservative third-party catastrophe reinsurance coverage
We intend to continue to purchase an appropriate level of catastrophe reinsurance as we seek to reduce the volatility of our earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential weather-related catastrophe events. Our current catastrophe reinsurance program is indicative of the type of conservative catastrophe protection that we believe to be appropriate. Using multiple FLOIR-approved models and as a result of management’s internal practices and the requirements of rating agencies, we have historically sought to buy to a 1-in-130 year probable maximum loss (“PML”) level, meaning we buy the amount of reinsurance necessary to protect us in the event of the occurrence of a storm of a severity expected to occur only once in a 130-year period.
Over our 19-year history, we have developed strong relationships with reinsurers rated “A-” or better by A.M. Best. We have been rewarded by our reinsurers for our disciplined underwriting and consistent profitability with consistent capacity, including in reinsurance markets in which it has been challenging for many of our peers to obtain adequate reinsurance coverage. We view our reinsurers as long-term partners and seek to maintain positive relations with them to ensure we have adequate reinsurance capacity in future years. Historically, we have prioritized the consistency and sustainability of our earnings over the long term above maximizing earnings in any particular year when constructing our reinsurance program, and we intend to maintain this strategy going forward.
Continue to invest in and leverage data and technology that we believe enhance our decision making, increase our profitability, and strengthen our competitive advantages
Our integrated technology infrastructure and data capture capabilities allow us to efficiently manage various processes across our platform, improve real-time visibility into market trends, lower costs, and realize operating leverage as we scale. Our platform is purpose-built to cohesively integrate each of our technology solutions with one another, creating a proprietary full-stack insurance platform that allows us to balance and integrate the complete insurance process from underwriting and quoting through claims management and adjudication.
We intend to continue to develop our technology platform and capture additional data that we believe will allow us to continue to identify, price, and write the risks that meet our underwriting and risk management criteria. This entails utilizing real-time proprietary and third-party data integrations in both the ratemaking and front-end underwriting process to make efficient, data-driven underwriting and management decisions. We believe our advanced technology is a differentiator in the markets where we operate and positions us well for profitable growth.
| 10 |
Table of Contents
Deepen distribution relationships to increase Voluntary Market writings
We intend to continue to execute on our multi-channel distribution strategy partnering with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. We have built our business and technology with the critical importance of our distribution partners in mind, and we believe that creating strong alignment with our distribution partners drives better growth, profitability, and a stronger operating model.
As an insurer committed to the independent agency distribution model, we seek to offer meaningful insurance capacity within the confines of our underwriting guidelines to a select group of agents. In each market we serve, we seek to align ourselves with selected agents that provide us a meaningful portion of their overall business. This allows us to manage these distribution relationships based on key corporate priorities and performance indicators, including volume of new business writings, loss ratio, and policy retention. We believe that working with our agency partners to achieve these goals is critical to our growth and continued underwriting success. At the same time, we recognize that it is important to have a balanced source of distribution. We expect to continue to selectively expand our distribution relationships to new independent agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated agents.
We believe our strong distribution relationships in the Voluntary Market have provided us access to superior risks and enable us to produce more sustainable growth across P&C insurance market cycles.
Selectively assume policies from Citizens
Citizens is one of the largest homeowners insurers in the state of Florida as measured by premium in-force and acts as the state-owned insurer of last resort. It is incentivized by the state to transfer policies from its books to the private market in order to reduce systemic risk to the insurance market. See “Business — Citizens Depopulations” for more information. Over the 10 years leading up to 2024, we did not believe that there were opportunities to assume policies from Citizens, also referred to as “depopulations” or “take-outs,” that met our underwriting and profitability criteria. The last take-out we pursued prior to 2024 was in 2014. We believe the combination of Citizens raising its rates, an improved level of underwriting data disclosed by Citizens on its in-force portfolio, and the legislative reforms passed in 2022 and 2023 have significantly changed the Citizens depopulation economics based on our experience and understanding of the Florida market, and created opportunities for us to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. We are selective when we pursue policy assumptions from Citizens, and each policy we consider assuming from Citizens is run through our rigorous underwriting and profitability criteria, including assessing the county and location of the underlying risk, to determine its attractiveness, a process which is similar to our underwriting in the Voluntary Market. While we measure the attractiveness of “take-out” opportunities based on our long-term profitability expectations of the policies we assume, take-outs can generate significant near-term earnings because (i) the cost of policy acquisition is lower than in the Voluntary Market as we do not pay upfront agent commissions on policies assumed from Citizens, as compared to writing business in the Voluntary Market where we also have to pay commissions (generally 12%) to our distribution partners upfront, and (ii) we are not required to purchase reinsurance on the policies we assume until our reinsurance program renews on the subsequent June 1st. Generally, we are able to price take-out policies above the price we would offer in the Voluntary Market. Because the policies we assume from Citizens go through our underwriting processes, we expect them to have a similar risk-return profile to the policies that we write in the Voluntary Market. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024, assuming 68,844 policies and have assumed an additional 25,895 policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria, and we believe provide an attractive opportunity in light of recent legislative reforms. As of September 30, 2025, 22.4% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 29.2% of our premiums in-force. We will continue to selectively pursue Citizens take-out opportunities if we feel there is an opportunity to assume policies that align with our underwriting and profit criteria based on the
| 11 |
Table of Contents
profile of the underlying risk. While we expect there will be continued opportunities to assume policies from Citizens in the future, we expect that the number of policies we assume will decrease as the number of policies available with Citizens that fit our profitability criteria decreases.
Our History
AIIG was founded in 2006 as an insurance holding company by our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Ritchie, in partnership with our Chairman, David Clark, to capitalize on the Florida homeowners insurance market dislocation following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons.
Sowell & Co. capitalized us with an aggregate of $10.3 million in equity investments in 2006 and 2007, which remains the only equity investment that has been made into the business prior to the IPO in May 2025. Sowell & Co. is a family office founded in 1972 by James E. Sowell to pursue real estate, oil and gas, and private equity investments. The firm invests the capital of its principals and does not have a drawdown fund structure with a finite life, enabling it to have a longer-term investment horizon and aligning its interests with those of management. On May 7, 2025, immediately prior to our IPO, our members’ equity had increased to $206.7 million. Our growth in members’ equity was generated entirely through retained earnings, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 16.8% over 19 years. Additionally, since our formation in 2006 through our IPO in May 2025, we paid our members $75 million of aggregate profit distributions, excluding distributions related to flow-through tax liabilities. The compound annual growth rate of our members’ equity inclusive of cumulative profit distributions was 20.2% over the same 19-year period. As of September 30, 2025, we have grown shareholders’ equity to $315.9 million while maintaining a debt to equity ratio on our balance sheet of less than 1%.
| * | Pre-IPO. |
| (1) | Excludes tax distributions made to members. |
In March 2007, we commenced operations and were approved to assume up to 165,000 policies from Citizens, of which we assumed a select portion based on a number of criteria including historical performance and our expectations for future profitability, geographic spread of risk and prospects for retention. This initial “depopulation” allowed us to gain scale in the Florida market immediately and in a cost-efficient manner while also providing us time to establish relationships with distribution partners to write in the Voluntary Market. We have participated in additional depopulations from Citizens in each of 2007-2010, 2012-2014, and 2024-2025.
In 2008, we began writing business in the Voluntary Market and have since principally focused our efforts in expanding our volume of policies written through the Voluntary Market. As of September 30, 2025, 77.6% of our policies in-force were originated by us in the Voluntary Market representing 70.8% of our premiums in-force.
| 12 |
Table of Contents
Since our founding in 2006, we have grown profitably to become a leading provider of residential property insurance in the state of Florida. Throughout our history, we have introduced new products or expanded into additional products relevant to our market in response to policyholder demand and based on our existing underwriting expertise, which have strengthened our market presence and relationships with our distribution partners. As an example, in 2010, we began offering insurance for vacant properties in the wake of the global financial crisis, and we were the first admitted carrier in Florida to do so. In 2014, we began to underwrite high-value homeowners and condominium owner’s policies in Florida. In 2018, we began to underwrite coverage for small watercraft in Florida. In October 2025, we launched our commercial residential property program and we expect to begin writing policies in the near term. Our commercial residential property program is designed to deliver comprehensive and reliable protection for Florida’s condominium associations, townhome associations and residential homeowners associations. We may introduce new products and/or expand into additional products in the future.
Corporate Structure
As a holding company, we wholly own six subsidiaries, which include AIIG, AIIC, which is our admitted insurance company, and four subsidiaries that provide various services exclusively to AIIC. We established each of these subsidiaries in conjunction with our formation in 2006. While our statutory capital and all insurance policies reside at AIIC, our core operations relating to risk selection, underwriting, claims, brokerage and reinsurance are performed by our other subsidiaries. This structure provides enhanced profit opportunities and capital flexibility for our holding company, which we believe benefit our stockholders.
Our subsidiaries include the following:
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (AIIG) operates as a holding company for our other subsidiaries and was formed in Texas in 2006.
American Integrity Insurance Company (AIIC) is a corporation that operates as a Florida-domiciled admitted insurance company with licenses to write business in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina. AIIC is regulated by the FLOIR. While most of our core operations are performed by our other subsidiaries, our accounting employees are employed by AIIC.
American Integrity MGA, LLC (AIMGA) operates as a Texas domiciled managing general agency to produce, underwrite, negotiate, bind and administer policies on an exclusive basis for AIIC. Most of our employees, including our sales, underwriting, product development and marketing employees, are employed by AIMGA.
American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (AICS) manages all non-catastrophe claims for AIIC and, on an as needed basis, contracts with third-party claims services providers to manage and oversee catastrophe claims. Our claims employees are employed by AICS.
Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (Pinnacle) is responsible for performing ongoing reinsurance related analytical and modeling work for the benefit of AIIC. Using proprietary tools and technology, Pinnacle monitors, updates and assesses data and information that is available to us in connection with recent events (e.g., storms and other related weather events, regulatory changes and impacts, etc.) to analyze their potential impact on AIIC’s results of operations, including its various reinsurance programs.
Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (PIC) acts as the agent of record of policies that are assumed from Citizens and are not already affiliated with an independent insurance agent.
| 13 |
Table of Contents
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike public companies that are not emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act, we will not be required to:
| • | provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”); |
| • | provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; |
| • | comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer; |
| • | provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; or |
| • | obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for adopting new or revised financial accounting standards. We take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Common Stock — The JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if this reduced disclosure will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.” If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.
We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.235 billion or more in annual revenues; (ii) the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (the fiscal year-end on which the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more as of June 30); (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our IPO.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that (i) our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $250 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or (ii) (a) our annual revenues are $100 million or more for the most recently completed fiscal year and (b) our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
| 14 |
Table of Contents
Summary of Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” following this prospectus summary. These include:
| • | As a property and casualty insurer, we may face significant losses, and exposure to catastrophic events and severe weather conditions may cause our financial results to significantly vary from period to period. |
| • | Our loss reserves are estimates and may be inadequate to cover our actual liability for losses, which could adversely affect our business. |
| • | Because we conduct substantially all of our business in Florida, our financial results depend on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida. |
| • | Changing climate conditions may increase the severity and frequency of catastrophic events and severe weather conditions, which may adversely affect our business. |
| • | Actual claims incurred have exceeded, and in the future may exceed, reserves established for claims, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition. |
| • | Lack of effectiveness of exclusions and other loss limitation methods in the insurance policies we assume or write could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. |
| • | Because we rely on third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida, the loss of these relationships and the business they control or our inability to attract distribution partners could have an adverse impact on our business. |
| • | Although we believe that recent legislative reforms have driven a stabilization of rates, our results may fluctuate based on cyclical changes in the insurance industry. |
| • | We may pursue opportunities to participate in Citizens take-out programs and directly assume policies issued by Citizens to policyholders who were otherwise unable to obtain private insurance. Take-out opportunities are subject to a number of timing and execution risks, and we may fail to participate in Citizens take-out programs on terms that are ultimately profitable to us, or at all. |
| • | Reinsurance coverage may not be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates, or at all. |
| • | Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers who may suffer a downgrade, and we risk not being able to collect reinsurance amounts in a timely manner, or at all, under our contracts with reinsurers, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. |
| • | The failure of the risk mitigation strategies we utilize could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. |
| • | The inherent uncertainty of models and our reliance on such models as a tool to evaluate risk may have an adverse effect on our financial results. |
| • | Our success depends on our ability to accurately price the risks we underwrite, which is subject to uncertainty. |
| • | Our information technology systems may fail or be disrupted, which could adversely affect our business. |
| • | If we are unable to expand our business because our capital must be used to pay greater than anticipated claims, our financial results may suffer, and we may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms. |
| 15 |
Table of Contents
| • | Unanticipated increases in the severity or frequency of claims could adversely affect our business or financial condition. |
| • | If actual renewals of our existing policies do not meet expectations, our future premiums and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. |
| • | The failure of our claims department, or the third-party claims adjusters whom we may engage, to effectively manage or remediate claims could adversely affect our business, financial results or capital requirements. |
| • | Increased competition and market conditions, including changes in our financial stability and credit ratings, could affect the growth of our business and negatively affect our financial results. |
| • | We are subject to extensive regulation, and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs and limit our growth and profitability. |
| • | The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues in Florida and other states in which we operate on our business are uncertain. |
| • | Mandatory assessments or competition for government entities may create short-term liabilities or affect our ability to underwrite more policies. |
| • | We face financial exposure to unpredictable weather patterns and catastrophic storms and resulting regulation from the FLOIR. |
| • | The Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund may not have enough resources to pay us for the coverage we purchased. |
| • | A regulatory environment that requires approval of rate increases, can mandate rate decreases, and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. |
| • | We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock. As a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it. |
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600, Tampa, FL 33609, and our telephone number at that address is (813) 880-7000. Our website is available at www.aiicfl.com. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
| 16 |
Table of Contents
The Offering
| Issuer |
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
| Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders |
3,000,000 shares (or 3,450,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock in full). |
| Common Stock Outstanding Before and After this Offering |
19,576,804 shares. |
| Voting Rights |
Each share of our Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock.” |
| Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional |
The Selling Stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an aggregate of 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock. |
| Use of Proceeds |
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders in this offering. |
| Dividend Policy |
We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The profitability of our business fluctuates each year based on a variety of factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophe storms in the Southeast United States, and in years where we generate excess profit, we may look to return excess capital to stockholders via dividends or other capital return mechanisms. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities, preferred stock or credit facility. See “Dividend Policy.” |
| Listing and Trading Symbol |
Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “AII.” |
| Risk Factors |
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Common Stock. |
Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders.
| 17 |
Table of Contents
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated.
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 presented below have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes of AIIG and its subsidiaries, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and the selected unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2025 and 2024 presented below have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes of the Company and its subsidiaries and AIIG and its subsidiaries, as applicable, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.
The information set forth below is only a summary and should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| For the three months ended September 30, |
For the nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross premiums written |
$ | 239,100 | $ | 160,977 | $ | 738,245 | $ | 530,061 | $ | 767,678 | $ | 640,990 | ||||||||||||
| Change in unearned premiums |
(17,151 | ) | 4,384 | (82,401 | ) | (47,686 | ) | (85,462 | ) | (50,475 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross premiums earned |
221,949 | 165,361 | 655,844 | 482,375 | 682,216 | 590,515 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Ceded premiums earned |
(169,950 | ) | (124,897 | ) | (472,275 | ) | (362,109 | ) | (500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net premiums earned |
51,999 | 40,464 | 183,569 | 120,266 | 182,055 | 180,262 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Policy fees |
2,805 | 1,928 | 7,976 | 5,656 | 7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income |
6,906 | 3,757 | 15,788 | 10,419 | 14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net realized losses on investments |
41 | 18 | 542 | 103 | 119 | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
| Other income |
275 | 376 | 536 | 791 | 607 | 923 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total revenue |
62,026 | 46,543 | 208,411 | 137,235 | 204,354 | 200,871 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net |
29,652 | 25,017 | 71,702 | 58,024 | 90,832 | 86,749 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
6,254 | 7,790 | 15,642 | 19,695 | 31,532 | 35,255 | ||||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
7,347 | 7,185 | 35,287 | 19,224 | 30,951 | 34,112 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total expenses |
43,253 | 39,992 | 122,631 | 96,943 | 153,315 | 156,116 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income before income taxes |
18,773 | 6,551 | 85,780 | 40,292 | 51,039 | 44,755 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense |
5,610 | 2,038 | 7,027 | 8,948 | 11,297 | 6,958 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 13,163 | $ | 4,513 | $ | 78,753 | $ | 31,344 | $ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 18 |
Table of Contents
| As of September 30, |
December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 Actual |
2023 Actual |
||||||||||
| (in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| Consolidated balance sheet date: |
||||||||||||
| Cash and invested assets |
$ | 541,305 | $ | 393,317 | $ | 257,325 | ||||||
| Premiums receivable, net |
54,172 | 51,594 | 36,769 | |||||||||
| Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
444,042 | 268,254 | 225,930 | |||||||||
| Reinsurance recoverable |
371,882 | 462,097 | 325,290 | |||||||||
| Other assets |
22,279 | 22,883 | 16,721 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total assets |
1,433,680 | 1,198,145 | 862,035 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
363,445 | 475,708 | 279,392 | |||||||||
| Unearned premiums |
504,281 | 421,881 | 333,802 | |||||||||
| Reinsurance payable |
177,568 | 56,348 | 61,061 | |||||||||
| Advance premiums |
20,812 | 6,561 | 10,693 | |||||||||
| Long-term debt |
721 | 1,029 | 1,441 | |||||||||
| Deferred income tax liability |
— | 1,122 | 3,233 | |||||||||
| Other liabilities |
50,973 | 73,104 | 38,447 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total liabilities |
1,117,800 | 1,035,753 | 728,069 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total shareholders’ equity |
315,880 | 162,392 | 133,966 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| For the three months ended September 30 |
For the nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other Financial and Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss ratio(1) |
54.1 | % | 59.0 | % | 37.4 | % | 46.1 | % | 47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Expense ratio(2) |
24.8 | % | 35.3 | % | 26.6 | % | 30.9 | % | 33.0 | % | 37.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Combined ratio(3) |
78.9 | % | 94.3 | % | 64.0 | % | 77.0 | % | 80.9 | % | 83.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Annualized return on equity(4) |
17.0 | % | 11.9 | % | 43.9 | % | 29.0 | % | 26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio(5) |
48.0 | % | 46.8 | % | 43.9 | % | 46.5 | % | 44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||||
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio(6) |
49.9 | % | 36.4 | % | 36.8 | % | 37.1 | % | 32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Loss ratio, expressed as a percentage, is a key business metric and is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our loss trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate this component separately from our other operating expenses. |
| (2) | Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is a key business metric and is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this metric to analyze our expense trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate these components separately from our loss and loss adjustment expenses. |
| (3) | Combined ratio is a key business metric, defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our total expense trends and believes it is a key indicator for investors when evaluating the overall profitability of our business. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss. |
| (4) | Annualized return on equity is a key business metric, defined as net income, annualized, divided by the average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the applicable period. This metric is annualized for interim periods by multiplying by the applicable ratio in order to present return on equity consistently. |
| 19 |
Table of Contents
| (5) | Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it provides a view into the cost of our catastrophe reinsurance program. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio to the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned calculated in accordance with GAAP. |
| (6) | Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, defined as the ratio of loss and LAE, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it allows us to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to net income in accordance with GAAP. |
| 20 |
Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our Common Stock involves a variety of risks, some of which are specific to us and some of which are inherent to the industry in which we operate. The following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” should be read carefully before investing in our Common Stock. These risks may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Many of these risks are out of our direct control, though efforts are made to manage those risks while optimizing financial results. These risks are not the only risks we face. This prospectus is qualified in its entirety by all these risk factors. References in this section to the “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Risks Related to Our Business
As a property and casualty insurer, we may face significant losses, and exposure to catastrophic events and severe weather conditions may cause our financial results to significantly vary from period to period.
Because of the exposure of our property and casualty business to catastrophic events, our operating results or financial condition have varied, and may in the future vary, significantly from one period to the next, and our historical results of operations may not be indicative of future results of operations. Property damage resulting from catastrophes is the greatest risk of loss we face in the ordinary course of our business. Artificial or natural disasters, including but not limited to hurricanes, convective storms, tornadoes, tropical storms, sinkholes, windstorms, hailstorms and other severe weather events may cause catastrophes. The frequency and severity of property insurance claims typically increase when catastrophic events and severe weather conditions occur. Catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and difficult to project. As a result, we have in the past and may in the future, suffer financial loss due to unpredictable numbers of claims as catastrophes occur.
The loss estimates developed by the models we use are dependent upon assumptions or scenarios incorporated by a third-party developer and by us. When these assumptions or scenarios do not reflect the characteristics of catastrophic events that affect areas covered by our policies or the resulting economic conditions, then we become exposed to losses not covered by our reinsurance program, which could adversely affect our financial condition, business or results of operations. Although we use widely recognized and commercially available models to estimate our exposure to loss from hurricanes and certain other catastrophes, other models exist that might produce a wider or narrower range of loss estimates, or loss estimates from perils considered less significant to our insured risks. These models are constantly changing, and we may utilize different models than we have historically. Despite our catastrophe management programs, we retain material exposure to catastrophic events. Additionally, the models themselves produce a range of results and associated probabilities of occurrence from which we can assess risks of exposure to catastrophic loss. Extreme catastrophe scenarios exist within the modeling results that may also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations during any reporting period due to increases in our losses. Catastrophes may reduce or otherwise impact liquidity, which could have a negative impact on our business. Catastrophes have eroded and in the future may erode our statutory surplus or ability to obtain adequate reinsurance, which could negatively affect our ability to write new or renewal business. Catastrophic claim severity is impacted by the effects of inflation and increases in insured value and factors such as the overall claims, legal and litigation environments in affected areas, in addition to the geographic concentration of insured property.
Our loss reserves are estimates and may be inadequate to cover our actual liability for losses, which could adversely affect our business.
We maintain reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liabilities for losses and LAE, also referred to as loss reserves. Our loss reserves are based primarily on our historical data and statistical projections of what we believe the resolution and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known to us.
| 21 |
Table of Contents
Our claims experience and our experience with the risks related to certain claims are inherently limited. We use company historical data to the extent it is available and rely on industry historical data, which may not be indicative of future periods. As a result, our projections and our estimates may be inaccurate, which in turn may cause our actual losses to exceed our loss reserves. If our actual losses exceed our loss reserves, our financial results, our ability to expand our business and our ability to compete in the property and casualty insurance industry may be negatively affected.
Because of the inherent uncertainties in the reserving process, we cannot be certain that our reserves will be adequate to cover our actual losses and LAE. If our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE are less than actual losses and LAE, we will be required to increase our reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future losses and LAE that exceed our reserves could substantially harm our results of operations or financial condition.
Because we conduct substantially all of our business in Florida, our financial results depend on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida.
Though we are licensed to transact insurance business in other states, we write substantially all of our policies in Florida. Because of our concentration in Florida, we are exposed to hurricanes, windstorms and other catastrophes affecting Florida. We have incurred and may in the future incur higher catastrophe losses in Florida or elsewhere than those we experienced in prior years; those estimated by catastrophe models we use; the average expected level used in pricing; and our current reinsurance coverage limits. We are also subject to claims arising from non-catastrophic weather events such as rain, hail and high winds.
Additionally, in Florida, despite the recent decrease in the frequency of claims due in part to recent legislative reforms, the severity of costs associated with both catastrophe claims and non-catastrophe claims has continued to increase. The nature and level of future catastrophes, the incidence and severity of weather conditions in any future period, and the impact of catastrophes on behaviors related to non-catastrophe claims cannot be predicted and could materially and adversely impact our operations.
Therefore, prevailing regulatory, consumer behavior, legal, economic, political, demographic, competitive, weather and other conditions in Florida affect our revenues and profitability. The Florida legislature changes laws related to property insurance frequently and has done so more often in recent years. While some of these law changes have been designed to reduce abuses in the Florida market and reinvigorate admitted market interest in expanding writings, other law changes have imposed new or increased requirements on insurers that might prove to be detrimental to our business. In addition, extended implementation periods, ensuing regulatory rule making timelines and periods of uncertainty as opponents of the changes challenge them in court often follow changes to Florida’s insurance laws. Resulting delays in the effectiveness of new laws, even when intended to be beneficial for the insurance industry, may limit or delay the laws’ impact on our business.
Adverse changes in these conditions in Florida have a more pronounced effect on us than they would on other insurance companies that are more geographically diversified throughout the United States. A single catastrophic event, or a series of such events, specifically affecting Florida, particularly in the more densely populated areas of the state, have had and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. This is particularly true in certain Florida counties where we write a large amount of policies such that a catastrophic event or series of catastrophic events in these counties could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our concentration in Florida subjects us to increased exposure to certain catastrophic events and destructive weather patterns such as hurricanes, tropical storms and tornadoes and to the ensuing claims-related behaviors that have characterized the Florida market in recent years.
While we operate substantially all of our business in Florida, we have expanded our business into other geographical markets, and there is no guarantee that such expansion will be successful or that the underwriting and profitability criteria we utilize in Florida will successfully translate to other states. In addition, we are and
| 22 |
Table of Contents
will continue to be subject to regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in the states where we will write policies, which are often different than the conditions we face in Florida. As a result, we may not be able to adjust to changing conditions in other states in which we write policies due to our focus and expertise in Florida, and as a result, our results of operations may be materially affected.
Changing climate conditions may increase the severity and frequency of catastrophic events and severe weather conditions, which may adversely affect our business.
Longer-term weather trends may be changing, and new types of catastrophe losses may be developing due to climate change, a phenomenon that has been associated with greenhouse gases and extreme weather events linked to rising temperatures, including effects on global weather patterns, sea, land and air temperature, sea levels, rain, and snow. To the extent the frequency or severity of weather events is exacerbated due to climate change, we may experience increases in catastrophe losses in both coastal and non-coastal areas. This may increase our claims-related and/or insurance costs or may negatively affect our ability to provide insurance to our policyholders. In addition, increased catastrophic events could result in increased credit exposure to the reinsurers that we work with. Our actual losses from catastrophic events might exceed levels that the third parties’ reinsurance programs protect or might be larger than anticipated if one or more of our reinsurers fail to meet their obligations. Climate change may affect the occurrence of certain natural events, such as increasing the frequency or severity of convection storms, wind, tornado, hailstorm and thunderstorm events due to increased convection in the atmosphere. There could also be more frequent wildfires in certain geographies, more flooding and the potential for increased severity of hurricanes due to higher sea surface temperatures. As a result, incurred losses from such events and the demand, price and availability of reinsurance coverages for homeowners insurance may be affected. This may cause an increase in claims-related and/or reinsurance costs or may negatively affect our ability to provide homeowners insurance to our policyholders in the future.
In addition, we cannot predict how legal, regulatory and societal responses to concerns around climate change may impact our business. The inherent uncertainties associated with studying, understanding and modeling changing climate conditions, available analyses and models in this area typically relate to potential meteorological or sea level impacts and generally are not intended to analyze or predict impacts on insured losses.
Actual claims incurred have exceeded, and in the future may exceed, reserves established for claims, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.
We maintain loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liability for unpaid losses and LAE for reported and unreported claims as of the end of each accounting period. The reserve for losses and LAE is reported net of receivables for subrogation. Recorded claim reserves in the property and casualty business are based on our best estimates of what the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost, both reported and incurred but not reported. These estimates, which generally involve actuarial projections, are based on management’s assessment of known facts and circumstances, including our experience with similar cases, actual claims paid, historical trends involving claim payment patterns, pending levels of unpaid claims and contractual terms. External factors are also considered, which include but are not limited to changes in the law, court decisions, changes to regulatory requirements, economic conditions including inflation as experienced in recent years, and consumer behavior (including as a result of any foreign or domestic tariffs, taxes or levies instituted in connection with ongoing global trade negotiations). Many of these factors are not quantifiable and are subject to change over time. The current Florida homeowners’ insurance market is adversely impacted by changes in claimant behaviors resulting in losses and LAE exceeding historical trends, amounts experienced in other states, and amounts we previously estimated. The increases in losses and LAE are attributable to the active solicitation of claims activity by policyholder representatives, high levels of represented claims compared to historical patterns or patterns seen in other states, and a proliferation of inflated claims filed by policyholder representatives and vendors.
| 23 |
Table of Contents
Additionally, there sometimes is a significant reporting lag between the occurrence of an event and the time it is reported to us. The inherent uncertainties of estimating reserves are greater for certain types of liabilities, particularly those in which the various considerations affecting the type of claim are subject to change and in which long periods of time elapse before a definitive determination of liability is made. We continually refine reserve estimates as experience develops and as subsequent claims are reported and settled. Adjustments to reserves are reflected in the financial statement results of the periods in which such estimates are changed. Inflationary pressures, rising energy prices, supply chain issues and other macroeconomic conditions (including as a result of any foreign or domestic tariffs, taxes or levies instituted in connection with ongoing global trade negotiations) have caused increases in the cost of building materials and labor, which in turn have caused the cost to replace damaged or destroyed property to increase. We model expected costs (including expected inflation) associated with any policy we write in order to help determine the amount of premiums needed for the policy to yield our targeted profit. Inflation and other macroeconomic factors have increased our costs more than we anticipated and may continue to do so in the future. Because our policies generally carry a term of one year, replacement costs have, at times in the past, exceeded our estimates (including as a result of inflation), causing our targeted profit to be eroded or eliminated. This has resulted in our paid losses exceeding prior reserve estimates and in increases in our current estimates of unpaid losses and LAE. Because setting reserves is inherently uncertain and claims conditions change over time, the ultimate cost of losses has varied and, in the future, may vary materially from recorded reserves, and such variance may continue to adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. The full extent of the ongoing disruptions and claims behaviors in the markets in which we operate, and the extent to which legislative efforts aimed at mitigating these concerns will be successful, are unknown and still unfolding.
Subrogation is a significant component of our total net reserves for losses and LAE. There has been a significant increase in our efforts to pursue subrogation against third parties responsible for property damage losses to our policyholders. More recently, changes in Florida’s claims environment and legal climate have reduced the effectiveness of our efforts to properly apportion losses through subrogation. Responsible parties are increasingly using delays and defensive tactics to avoid subrogation and increase costs of subrogation, which in turn decreases the effectiveness of subrogation. Our ability to recover recorded amounts remains subject to significant uncertainty, including risks inherent in litigation, collectability of the recorded amounts and potential law changes or judicial decisions that can hinder or reduce the effectiveness of subrogation.
Lack of effectiveness of exclusions and other loss limitation methods in the insurance policies we assume or write could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage, which are designed to limit our risks, may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. In addition, the policies we issue contain conditions requiring the prompt reporting of claims to us and our right to decline coverage in the event of a violation of that condition. While our insurance product exclusions and limitations reduce the loss exposure to us and help eliminate known exposures to certain risks, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or limitation, or legislation could be enacted that modifies or bars the use of such endorsements and limitations in a way that would adversely affect our loss experience, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Because we rely on third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida, the loss of these relationships and the business they control or our inability to attract distribution partners could have an adverse impact on our business.
Our business depends in part on the marketing efforts of third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida and our ability to offer products and services that meet the requirements of our third-party distribution partners and their customers’ requirements. We write insurance policies in the Voluntary
| 24 |
Table of Contents
Market through various channels, including through a network of independent agents, which represents our largest distribution channel, as measured by gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Many of our competitors also distribute through these same partners as these agents have the ability to write or re-write business with other carriers. As a result, we must compete with other insurers for our partners’ business. Our competitors may offer a greater variety of insurance products, lower premiums for insurance coverage or higher commissions to their third-party distribution partners. If our products, pricing and commissions do not remain competitive, we may find it more difficult to attract business from our partners to sell our products. We cannot provide assurance that we will retain our current distribution relationships, or be able to establish new distribution relationships, with independent agents. We also rely on other third parties such as third-party claims adjusters as part of our claims management process and utilize third-party reinsurers to help cover losses. The inability to maintain these relationships with these third-party providers could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.
Although we believe that recent legislative reforms have driven a stabilization of rates, our results may fluctuate based on cyclical changes in the insurance industry.
The insurance industry historically has been cyclical, characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity and periods of shortages of capacity that permitted an increase in pricing and, thus, more favorable underwriting profits. As premium levels increase, there may be new entrants to the market, which could lead to a decrease in policies written by us. Any of these factors could lead to a reduction in revenue in future periods, less favorable policy terms and fewer opportunities to underwrite insurance risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition to these considerations, changes in the frequency and severity of losses suffered by policyholders and insurers may affect the cycles of the insurance business significantly.
We believe the legislative reforms in 2022 have driven a stabilization of rates within the insurance industry, however, we cannot predict whether market conditions will continue to improve, remain constant or deteriorate, and the characterization of the insurance market as a whole is subject to varying interpretations and opinions that fluctuate regularly. Negative market conditions may impair our ability to write insurance at rates that we consider appropriate relative to the risk assumed. If we cannot write insurance at appropriate rates, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
We may pursue opportunities to participate in Citizens take-out programs and directly assume policies issued by Citizens to policyholders who were otherwise unable to obtain private insurance. Take-out opportunities are subject to a number of timing and execution risks, and we may fail to participate in Citizens take-out programs on terms that are ultimately profitable to us, or at all.
Citizens acts as Florida’s state-owned insurer of last resort, and is the one of largest homeowners insurers in Florida as measured by premiums in-force. From time to time, Citizens will transfer certain of its existing policies to private companies in order to reduce the State of Florida’s risk exposure. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024 assuming 68,844 policies, and have assumed 25,895 policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, 22.4% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 29.2% of our premiums in-force. Prior to 2024, we had not pursued a take-out opportunity since 2014 and therefore have less recent experience in executing on these opportunities than certain of our peers. Although each policy we pursue from Citizens is run through our standard underwriting procedures, the amount of data made available to us by Citizens may be less or different from what is available to us in the Voluntary Market. The lack of availability of this information may pose a material risk to our underwriting profitability with respect to any take-outs we pursue.
Additionally, there can be no guarantee that Citizens will timely offer sizeable take-out opportunities to the private insurance market that would meet our underwriting and profitability criteria or continue the depopulation program at all. While Citizens does replenish its policies after conducting take-outs, there is no guarantee that
| 25 |
Table of Contents
such replenishments will meet our underwriting and profitability criteria or provide attractive take-out opportunities for us in the future, and our financial condition may suffer as a result. In addition, there may be a negative perception regarding our depopulations from Citizens or the desirability of the policies we assume, which could adversely affect the price of our Common Stock.
Further, the market for attractive take-out opportunities is highly competitive and is subject to a bidding process. If competing private insurers offer a lower premium than us for the same policy, Citizens is required to allocate that policy to the insurer who offers the lowest premium. In the past, certain of our peers have been able to offer lower premiums than us when pursuing the same take-out opportunities. Other carriers may also choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022. Additionally, following the term of each policy assumed from Citizens, the policyholder has the opportunity to renew their policy similar to our underwriting process in the Voluntary Market. There is no guarantee that we will be able to renew these assumed policies, and a lack of renewals could harm our financial condition.
Reinsurance coverage may not be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates, or at all.
Reinsurance is a method of transferring part of an insurance company’s liability under an insurance policy to another insurance company, or reinsurer. We use reinsurance arrangements to limit and manage the amount of risk we retain, to stabilize our underwriting results and to increase our underwriting capacity. The cost of such reinsurance is subject to prevailing market conditions beyond our control, such as the amount of capital in the reinsurance market and the occurrence of natural and human-made catastrophes. We cannot be assured that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us in sufficient amounts or at prices acceptable to us. As a result, we may determine to increase the amount of risk we retain or look for other alternatives to reinsurance, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers who may suffer a downgrade, and we risk not being able to collect reinsurance amounts in a timely manner, or at all, under our contracts with reinsurers, which could materially harm our business and financial condition.
Reinsurance does not legally discharge us from our primary liability for the full amount of the risk we insure, although it may make the reinsurer liable to us in the event of a claim. In addition, our reinsurers may not pay the claims we incur on a timely basis, or they may not pay some or all of these claims. Our inability to collect a material recovery from a reinsurer or to collect such recovery in a timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
In addition, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers as third-party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability of reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies. We address this credit risk by selecting reinsurers that have an A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of “A-” (Excellent) or better at the time we enter into the agreement or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance recoverable. Downgrades to the credit ratings of our reinsurance counterparties may result in the reduction of rating agency capital credit provided by those reinsurance contracts, which could limit our ability to write new policies or renew existing policies. If one or more of our reinsurers were to suffer a credit downgrade, our financial condition may suffer, and we may be forced to consider various options to lessen the risk of asset impairment, including commutation, novation and letters of credit. The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from many factors, including our reinsurers’ (i) financial capacity, (ii) willingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty or contract and (iii) whether insured losses meet the qualifying conditions and are recoverable under our reinsurance contracts for covered events or are excluded.
| 26 |
Table of Contents
The failure of the risk mitigation strategies we utilize could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We utilize a number of strategies to mitigate our risk exposure including:
| • | employing proper underwriting processes; |
| • | carefully evaluating the terms and conditions of our policies; |
| • | selective underwriting with respect to certain geographic areas we consider high-risk due to the potential of catastrophe events or litigation; and |
| • | ceding insurance risk to reinsurance companies. |
However, there are inherent limitations in these strategies. We are unable to assure that an event or series of events will not result in loss levels that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
The inherent uncertainty of models and our reliance on such models as a tool to evaluate risk may have an adverse effect on our financial results.
We use models developed by third-party vendors in assessing our exposure to catastrophe losses, and these models assume various conditions and probability scenarios, most of which are not known to us or are not within our control. These models may not accurately predict future losses or accurately measure losses incurred. In addition, these models are constantly changing, and we may utilize different models than we have historically. Competing models may differ in assessing risk and often utilize different underlying assumptions. The accuracy of models in estimating insured losses from prior storms has varied considerably by catastrophe when compared to actual results from those catastrophes. If these models understate the exposures we assume, we may not properly assess the risk and we may make poor decisions relating to pricing, underwriting and selecting the related amount of reinsurance we purchase. This uncertainty may materially impact our financial results.
Our success depends on our ability to accurately price the risks we underwrite, which is subject to uncertainty.
The results of our operations and our financial condition depend on our ability to underwrite and accurately set premium rates for a variety of risks. Rate adequacy is necessary to generate sufficient premiums to pay losses, LAE, underwriting expenses and to earn a profit. To price our products accurately, we must collect and properly analyze a substantial amount of data; develop, test and apply appropriate rating formulas; closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and project both severity and frequency of losses with reasonable accuracy. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully, and thus, price our products accurately, is subject to several risks and uncertainties, some of which are outside of our control, including:
| • | the availability of sufficient reliable data; |
| • | the uncertainties that inherently characterize estimates and assumptions; |
| • | our selection and application of appropriate rating and pricing techniques; |
| • | changes in legal standards, claim settlement practices, and restoration costs; and |
| • | legislatively imposed consumer initiatives. |
In addition, we could underprice risks, which could negatively affect our financial results. We could also overprice risks, which could reduce our retention, sales volume and competitiveness. The foregoing factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our information technology systems may fail or be disrupted, which could adversely affect our business.
Our insurance business is highly dependent upon the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our computer and data processing systems. We rely on these systems to perform underwriting and other modeling functions
| 27 |
Table of Contents
necessary for writing policies and handling our policy administration process. The failure or disruption of these systems could interrupt our operations and result in a material adverse effect on our business. The increasing prevalence and severity of cyber-related threats and incidents may further increase the risk of disruption of our information technology systems. The increasing prevalence and severity of cyber-related threats and incidents may further increase the risk of disruption of our information technology systems.
The growth of our insurance business is dependent upon the successful development and implementation of advanced computer and data processing systems as well as the development and deployment of new information technologies to streamline our operations, including policy underwriting, production, administration and claim processing. The failure of these systems to function as planned could adversely affect our future business volume or results of operations. Additionally, our computer and data processing systems could become obsolete or could cease to provide a competitive advantage in policy underwriting, production, administration and claim processing, which could negatively affect our results of operations.
If we are unable to expand our business because our capital must be used to pay greater than anticipated claims, our financial results may suffer, and we may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.
Our future growth and future capital requirements will depend on the number of insurance policies we write, the kinds of insurance products we offer and the geographic markets in which we do business versus the business risks we choose to assume. Growth initiatives require capital. Our existing sources of funds include potential sales of Common Stock, incurring debt and our earnings from operations and investments. Unexpected catastrophic events in our coverage areas, such as hurricanes, may result in greater claims losses than anticipated, which could require us to limit or halt our growth while we redeploy our capital to pay these unanticipated claims unless we are able to raise additional capital.
To the extent that our present capital is insufficient to meet future operating requirements or to cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financing or curtail our growth. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our current capital together with our anticipated retained income will support our operations. However, we cannot provide any assurance that our current capital will support our current operating plan or future growth, since many factors will affect the amount and timing of our capital needs, including profitability of our business, the availability and cost of reinsurance, market disruptions and other unforeseeable developments. If we require additional capital, it is possible that equity or debt financing may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our stockholders could result, and in any case such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of existing stockholders. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Unanticipated increases in the severity or frequency of claims could adversely affect our business or financial condition.
Changes in the severity or frequency of claims affect our profitability. Although we aim to provide adequate and appropriate coverage under each of our policies, policyholders could purchase policies that prove to be inadequate or inappropriate. If such policyholders bring a claim or claims alleging that we failed in our responsibilities to provide them with the type or amount of coverage that they sought to purchase, we could be found liable for amounts significantly in excess of the policy limit, resulting in an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Changes in homeowners’ claim severity can be and have been driven by inflation in the construction industry, in building materials and in home furnishings, as well as by other economic and environmental factors, including increased demand for services and supplies in areas affected by catastrophes, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and prevailing attitudes towards insurers and the claims process, including increases in the number of
| 28 |
Table of Contents
litigated claims or claims involving representation as well as continuing efforts by policyholder representatives to seek larger settlements on pre-reform claims in recognition that the elimination of the statutory right to attorneys’ fees and other law changes will apply to future claims. However, changes in the level of the severity of claims are not limited to the effects of inflation and demand surge in these various sectors of the economy or to Florida’s disproportionately high incidence of represented claims. Increases in claim severity can also arise from unexpected events that are inherently difficult to predict. In addition, significant long-term increases in claim frequency also have an adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. Further, the level of claim frequency we experience varies from period to period, and from region to region. Claim frequency can be influenced by natural conditions such as the number and types of severe weather events affecting areas where we write policies as well as by factors such as the prevalence of solicited and represented claims, including efforts by policyholder representatives to encourage claims activity related to policy periods predating law changes. Although we pursue various loss management initiatives in order to mitigate future increases in claim severity and frequency, there can be no assurances that these initiatives will successfully identify or reduce the effect of future increases in claim severity and frequency.
If actual renewals of our existing policies do not meet expectations, our future premiums and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We generally write our insurance policies for a one-year term, and we make assumptions about the renewal of our prior year’s contracts, including for purposes of determining the amount of reinsurance we purchase. If actual renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write on a renewal basis because of pricing conditions, our premiums written in future years and our future operations could be materially adversely affected, and we have in the past and may in the future purchase reinsurance beyond what we believe is the most appropriate level.
The failure of our claims department, or the third-party claims adjusters whom we may engage, to effectively manage or remediate claims could adversely affect our business, financial results or capital requirements.
We rely on our claims department and outsourced third-party claims adjusters and resources to facilitate and oversee the claims adjustment process for our policyholders. Many factors could affect the ability of our claims department to effectively manage claims by our policyholders, including:
| • | the accuracy of our adjusters or third-party claims adjusters as they make their assessments and submit their estimates of damages; |
| • | the training, background and experience of our claims representatives and third-party claims adjusters; |
| • | the ability of our claims department and third-party claims adjusters to ensure consistent claims handling; |
| • | the ability of our claims department to translate the information provided by third-party adjusters into acceptable claims resolutions; and |
| • | the ability of our claims department and third-party adjusters to maintain and update their claims handling procedures and systems as they evolve over time based on claims and geographical trends in claims reporting. |
Any failure to effectively manage the claims adjustment process (including failure to manage our third-party adjusters), including failure to pay claims accurately, could lead to litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace, impair our corporate image and negatively affect our financial results. Further, the home insurance industry is regularly subject to negative publicity, including as a result of governmental investigations, adverse media coverage and political debate concerning industry regulation. Negative publicity may adversely affect our stock price, damage our reputation, and expose us to unexpected or unwarranted regulatory scrutiny.
| 29 |
Table of Contents
Increased competition and market conditions, including changes in our financial stability and credit ratings, could affect the growth of our business and negatively affect our financial results.
The Florida residential insurance marketplace is currently dominated by single-state or regional insurance companies, with the larger national insurance carriers maintaining a smaller overall market share. Our lines of insurance are written by both these smaller insurers and the large national carriers, in addition to other markets such as Citizens, which are highly competitive. Many of these large national insurance companies have greater name recognition, established insurance agency networks and stronger financial resources to compete should they decide to recommit to Florida and begin writing new policies. Some of the regional or single-state carriers could merge to form a company larger than ours and be in a position to compete against us in a larger fashion by paying higher commissions or other tactics. New insurance companies are being formed in Florida and will bring more competition into the market. In addition, insurance agents are knowledgeable about insurance company strength, and some have a bias towards placing policyholders with better rated companies. We have a financial stability rating of “A” (Exceptional) from Demotech, an independent financial firm specializing in evaluating the financial stability of regional and specialty insurers, and whose rating is accepted by major mortgage companies. Large national carriers may have a rating from a more recognized rating firm named A.M. Best, which we do not have. We could receive a downgrade from Demotech, which could result in the loss of business and an adverse impact on our results and operations. Additionally, a credit rating downgrade could also result in a significant reduction in the number of policies that we may be able to sell to our policyholders who may be sensitive to fluctuations in such ratings.
In addition, industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments could include:
| • | an influx of new capital in the marketplace as existing companies attempt to expand their businesses and new companies attempt to enter the insurance business as a result of better premium pricing and/or policy terms; |
| • | an increase in programs in which state-sponsored entities provide property insurance in catastrophe-prone areas; |
| • | changes in state regulatory climates; and |
| • | the passage of federal proposals for an optional federal charter that would allow some competing insurers to operate under regulations different or less stringent than those applicable to us. |
These developments and others could make the property and casualty insurance marketplace more competitive by increasing the supply of insurance available. If competition limits our ability to write new business at adequate rates, our future results of operations could be adversely affected.
We rely on qualified and highly-skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate key personnel, our business may be seriously harmed.
Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of highly-skilled and experienced individuals. Our operations are dependent on the efforts of our senior executive officers. The loss of their leadership, industry knowledge and experience could negatively impact our operations. However, we have management succession plans to lessen any such negative impact. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled and experienced personnel, and if we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of qualified employees for any reason, we may not be able to maintain or implement our current initiatives or grow, or our business may contract and we may lose market share. Our competitors or other insurance or technology businesses may seek to hire our employees. We cannot assure that we will provide adequate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees in the future. If we do not succeed in attracting, retaining and motivating highly qualified personnel, our business may be seriously harmed.
| 30 |
Table of Contents
Our business could be materially adversely affected by geopolitical conditions, pandemics and macroeconomic conditions.
Geopolitical conditions such as changes in domestic or foreign policy, wars, conflicts, including those in Ukraine and in the Middle East, and other global events have and may bring increased uncertainty. In addition, rising inflation, changes in global trade policies and tariffs, high interest rates, supply chain issues, labor shortages, volatility in capital markets and other economic risk have and may continue to increase economic uncertainty. Inflation and interest rates directly impact the buying and selling of residences, which impacts our insurance policies as well as the rates we may offer on our insurance policies. Any one or combination of these conditions may materially impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Pandemics and other outbreaks of disease have had and can have significant and wide-spread impacts. As seen with the COVID-19 pandemic, outbreaks of disease can cause governments, public institutions and other organizations to impose or recommend, and businesses and individuals to implement, restrictions on various activities or take other actions to combat the disease’s spread, such as warnings, restrictions and bans on travel, transportation or in-person gatherings; and local or regional closures or lockdowns. Outbreaks of disease, and actions taken in response to the outbreak, could materially negatively impact our workforce, business, operations and financial results, both directly and indirectly.
If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, or if we cannot license rights to use technology or data on reasonable terms, we could be required to pay damages, lose license rights that are critical to our business or be unable to commercialize new products and services in the future.
We license certain intellectual property, technology and data from third parties that are important to our business and, in the future, we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property, technology or data. If we fail to comply with any of our obligations under our license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor (or other applicable counterparty) may cause us to lose valuable rights, and could disrupt our operations and harm our reputation. Our business may suffer if any current or future licenses or other grants of rights to us terminate, if the licensors (or other applicable counterparties) fail to abide by the terms of the license or other applicable agreement, if the licensors fail to enforce the licensed intellectual property against infringing third parties or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable.
In the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property, technology and data that we need, including to develop and offer new products and services. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. Further, third parties from whom we currently license intellectual property, technology and data could refuse to renew our agreements upon their expiration or could impose additional terms and fees that we otherwise would not deem acceptable requiring us to obtain the intellectual property or technology from another third party, if any is available, or to pay increased licensing fees or be subject to additional restrictions on our use of such third-party intellectual property or technology. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Cybersecurity attacks or other breaches of our systems could have an adverse impact on our business and reputation.
Our business and operations rely on the secure and efficient processing, storage and transmission of customer and Company data, including policyholders’ nonpublic personal information, financial information and proprietary business information, on our computer systems and networks. Unauthorized access to personally identifiable information, even if not financial information, could damage all affected parties. Breaches can
| 31 |
Table of Contents
involve attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to nonpublic personal information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, including through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks and other means. Breaches can also involve human error, such as employees falling victim to phishing schemes or computer coding errors that may leave data exposed.
Our computer systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access and hackers, computer viruses and other scenarios in which our data may be exposed or compromised. Cyberattacks can originate from a variety of sources, including third parties who are affiliated with foreign governments or employees acting negligently or in a manner adverse to our interests. Third parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, policyholders, third-party service providers or other users of our systems. Our systems also may inadvertently expose, through a computer programming error or otherwise, confidential information as well as that of our policyholders and third parties with whom we interact. In addition, any significant data security breach of our independent agents or third-party vendors could harm our business and reputation.
Our computer systems have been, and likely will continue to be, subject to cyber hacking activities, computer viruses, other malicious codes or other computer-related penetrations. This is especially the case with employees who work remotely. We commit significant resources to administrative and technical controls to prevent cyber incidents and protect our information technology, but our preventative actions to reduce the risk of cyber threats may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins and other cyberattacks or security breaches, including those due to human vulnerabilities. Any such event could damage our computers or systems; compromise our confidential information as well as that of our policyholders and third parties with whom we interact; significantly impede or interrupt business operations, including denial of service on our website; and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our policyholders, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. We expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities, exposures, or information security events. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our systems, the process of enhancing our protective measures can itself create a risk of systems disruptions and security issues.
The increase in the use of cloud technologies and in consumer preference for online transactions can heighten cybersecurity and other operational risks. Certain aspects of the security of such technologies are unpredictable or beyond our control, and this lack of transparency may inhibit our ability to discover a failure by cloud service providers to safeguard their systems and prevent cyberattacks that could disrupt our operations and result in misappropriation, corruption or loss of confidential and other information. In addition, there is a risk that encryption and other protective measures, despite their sophistication, may be defeated, particularly to the extent that new computing technologies vastly increase the speed and computing power available.
Although we have no plans to do so, we are not restricted from incurring indebtedness and may do so in the future.
Subject to market conditions and availability, we are not restricted from incurring indebtedness and may do so in the future. We are permitted to enter into credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities) and to conduct public and private debt issuances. The amount of debt we may incur may vary depending on our available investment opportunities, our available capital and our ability to obtain and access financing arrangements with lenders. Our governing documents contain no limit on the amount of debt we may incur, and we may do so at any time without approval of our stockholders.
Incurring debt could subject us to many risks that, if realized, would materially and adversely affect us, including the risk that:
| • | our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to make required payments of principal of and interest on the debt, or we may fail to comply with covenants contained in our debt instruments; |
| 32 |
Table of Contents
| • | debt may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic, market and industry conditions with no assurance that our investment yields will increase to match our higher financing costs; |
| • | we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, future business opportunities, distributions to our stockholders or other purposes; and |
| • | we may not be able to refinance maturing debts. |
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results, and we may face litigation as a result.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis. In connection with the preparation of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024, management and our independent auditors identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to the following:
| • | Control Documentation – Management identified a material weakness in the Company’s overall control environment due to the aggregate effect of multiple deficiencies in internal controls, which affected the control activities component of the Company’s internal control framework, including with respect to controls that address claims payments in the Company’s policy administrative system, reconciliation of claim payments used by the Company’s actuaries to estimate reserves, reconciliation of premium receivable balances and reserve for credit losses, reconciliation of investments held by consolidated variable interest entities, and the reconciliation of ceding commission. The Company did not maintain sufficiently detailed and precise documentation in support of the design and operation of controls, which is pervasive throughout the Company’s internal control environment. |
Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Material weaknesses could limit the ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements.
The Company’s management continues to evaluate steps to remediate the material weaknesses. We continue to make progress on our plan to remediate the material weaknesses identified. Remediation efforts include the following:
| • | hired additional experienced accounting, financial reporting and internal control personnel and changing roles and responsibilities of our personnel since we have recently transitioned to being a public company and are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. |
| • | conducting Company-wide internal control training to deepen our employees’ understanding of their role in relation to our overall control environment and establish clear expectations for control documentation. |
| • | engaged external service providers to assist management as we enhance written policies and procedures to establish specific actions expected of control owners, such that sufficient documentation is maintained to demonstrate control activities are performed consistently throughout the organization and with an appropriate level of precision to meet objectives and mitigate risks to acceptable levels. The Company has implemented several new controls and enhancements to existing controls and control documentation during the third quarter of 2025 with additional enhancements to be implemented through the remainder of the year. |
| 33 |
Table of Contents
| • | reviewed and enhanced the design of controls to evaluate accounting policies and established processes and controls to review management’s estimate of credit losses due to the cancellation of insurance policies. |
The Company is actively monitoring the implementation of the remediation plan and anticipates resolution by the end of fiscal year 2025.
We cannot assure you that these measures will remediate the material weaknesses described above. The implementation of these remediation measures is in the early stages and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles and, as a result, the timing of when we will be able to remediate the material weaknesses is uncertain and we may not remediate these material weaknesses in the near term. If the steps we take do not remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, there could be a reasonable possibility that these control deficiencies or others may result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. This, in turn, could jeopardize our ability to comply with our reporting obligations, limit our ability to access the capital markets and adversely impact our stock price.
Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.
Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. The impact of changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, shareholders’ equity and other relevant financial statement line items.
AIIC is required to comply with statutory accounting principles, or SAP. SAP and various components of SAP are subject to constant review by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted and adopted on a state level, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC continuously examines existing laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment
We are subject to extensive regulation, and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs and limit our growth and profitability.
Laws and regulations applicable to the insurance industry are complicated and subject to change. Compliance with these laws and regulations may increase the costs of running our business or slow our ability to respond effectively and quickly to operational opportunities. Insurance regulators change, are appointed by elected officials who are subject to re-election and changes in political headwinds and preferences, and the FLOIR could change its interpretation of one or more existing regulations to the detriment of the Company and its business. In addition, state legislatures enact new statutes, and can change existing statutes, which could have a material impact on our costs, operations and profitability. In addition, the Company is admitted in states outside of Florida, and legislatures or insurance regulators in those states might have differing interpretations or take positions that conflict with Florida regulators, which could impact our growth, expansion and profitability. The federal government may also seek to further regulate the insurance industry or establish federal charters. As a highly regulated entity, insurance regulators have the final say on major issues affecting our business including:
| • | what rates we may charge; |
| 34 |
Table of Contents
| • | what our policy forms must cover or exclude; |
| • | claims practices and business operations; |
| • | how much reinsurance we must purchase; |
| • | participation in guaranty funds; |
| • | various financial tests including ratios of how much premium we may write in relation to our net worth; |
| • | risk-based capital (“RBC”) measurements; |
| • | restrictions on insurance company dividends; |
| • | restrictive accounting requirements; |
| • | regular financial and market conduct examinations; |
| • | restrictions on investments; and |
| • | and many other requirements. |
The FLOIR and regulators in other jurisdictions where we may become licensed and offer insurance products conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies and require the filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These regulatory requirements may adversely affect or inhibit our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives. These regulatory authorities also conduct periodic examinations into insurers’ business practices. These reviews may reveal deficiencies in our insurance operations or non-compliance with regulatory requirements.
In certain states including Florida, insurance companies are subject to assessments levied by the states where they conduct their business. While we can recover these assessments from Florida policyholders through policy surcharges, our payment of the assessments and our recoveries may not offset each other in the same reporting period in our condensed consolidated financial statements and may cause a material, adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations in a particular reporting period.
In addition, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. In some instances, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe may be generally followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, insurance regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Finally, changes in the level of regulation of the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, reduce our profitability and limit our growth.
The regulators powers include suspending our ability to write new business, suspending or revoking our licenses, forcing us to change our business plans and strategies, and financial fines and penalties. This substantial regulation could adversely affect our ability to execute portions of our business plans, or, if we were to have our ability to issue new policies restricted or our license revoked, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial results, or ability to continue in the business.
The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues in Florida and other states in which we operate on our business are uncertain.
Despite declining loss frequencies, the severity of losses in the property and casualty insurance industry and multi-peril personal lines business has increased in recent years, often driven by financial and social inflation.
| 35 |
Table of Contents
Increased litigation in Florida regarding AOB and roof claims is an example of these trends. For example, in recent years, Florida homeowners have been assigning the benefit of their insurance recovery to third parties, which has resulted in increases in the size and number of claims and the amount of litigation, interference in the adjustment of claims, the assertion of bad faith actions and one-way rights to claim attorneys’ fees. One-way fee shifting allows policyholders to recover attorneys’ fees from their insurer when the policyholder prevails in a coverage action. The Florida legislature enacted several reform bills in recent years with the intention to limit AOB and frivolous litigation. Recently, Florida has repealed its one-way fee shifting statute and altered bad faith actions such that mere negligence alone is insufficient to constitute bad faith, and imposed a good faith requirement on policyholders. While the frequency of non-catastrophe claims has recently decreased due in part to these reforms, the severity of such claims has continued to increase. However, there can be no assurance that this new legislation will reduce the future impact of AOB or litigated claims practices nor is there any assurance that future changes to these or other standards or statutes may occur. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Florida legislature will not reverse these reforms or that future legislation will not mitigate or eliminate the effects of these reforms altogether or impose new burdens on us.
As we continue to expand into new states, including South Carolina and Georgia, we are and will continue to be subject to legislation, statutes and standards in jurisdictions that may differ materially from those in Florida. Our expansion into new states could expose us varying regulatory environments, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial results, or ability to continue our business in new states.
In addition, many legal actions and proceedings have been brought on behalf of classes of complainants, which can increase the size of judgments. The propensity of policyholders and third-party claimants to litigate and the willingness of courts to expand causes of loss and the size of awards may render the loss reserves of AIIC inadequate for current and future losses. In addition, as industry practices and social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance policies that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance policies may not be known at the time such policies are issued or renewed, and our financial position or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Mandatory assessments or competition for government entities may create short-term liabilities or affect our ability to underwrite more policies.
All states have guaranty funds that can assess us to pay the claims of insolvent insurers. Florida, where a substantial portion of our business resides, also has a Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), which can assess us if it needs funds to provide reinsurance-like coverage to us and all residential insurers, and additionally, we can also be assessed to pay for shortfalls at Citizens, which provides insurance to residential consumers unable to procure insurance from the private market. While we can recoup or pass through these assessments to our policyholders, in many cases we may not be able to recoup them within the same annual accounting period creating a short-term drain on our resources. In addition, Citizens is structured to be an insurer of last resort, but based on varying involvement by the Florida legislature, the Governor of Florida and others, at times can instead compete against us and offer lower rates, causing us to lose market share or not underwrite as many new policies as we desire.
We face financial exposure to unpredictable weather patterns and catastrophic storms and resulting regulation from the FLOIR.
We write insurance policies covering homeowners, renters, condominium owners, and mobile home policyholders that cover property losses including those caused by hurricanes and other catastrophes. We manage our risk through strict underwriting, spreading our risk across our service area, and through the purchase of reinsurance. A substantial portion of our business is located in Florida, which is particularly susceptible to
| 36 |
Table of Contents
hurricanes. The FLOIR requires that we manage risk through reinsurance by purchasing up to or exceeding a 1-in-130 year storm, including coverage for multiple hurricane events in one season. Notwithstanding these requirements and our efforts to plan for and manage risk, a particularly strong storm, or a series of multiple storms in one hurricane season could exceed our reinsurance protection and may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
The Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund may not have enough resources to pay us for the coverage we purchased.
The state-run FHCF charges all insurers premiums for coverage to assume part of the risk of their hurricane related losses. In addition, the FHCF may issue pre- and post-event bonds to raise capital to meet its commitment to us and other insurers. In the event of a significantly large storm, or multiple storms, the FHCF may not have the resources to pay us all of the coverage we purchased from them, including that the capital markets may not be able to support a large bond issuance by the FHCF. Further, Florida law allows the FHCF to not pay the remaining amount they owe insurers if they do not have enough resources to cover such claims.
A regulatory environment that requires approval of rate increases, can mandate rate decreases, and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
From time to time, political events and positions affect the insurance market, including efforts to suppress rates to a level that may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. For example, if our loss ratio compares favorably to that of the industry, state regulatory authorities may impose rate rollbacks, require us to pay premium refunds to policyholders, or challenge or otherwise delay our efforts to raise rates even if the homeowners industry generally is not experiencing regulatory challenges to rate increases.
In addition, certain states have enacted laws that require an insurer conducting business in that state to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities and joint underwriting associations. Certain states also require insurers to offer coverage to all consumers, often restricting an insurer’s ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower-than-desired rates, possibly leading to an unacceptable return on equity. Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these factors.
State insurance regulators impose additional reporting requirements regarding enterprise risk on insurance holding company systems, with which we must comply as an insurance holding company.
In the past decade, various state insurance regulators have increased their focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose enterprise risk to the insurer. In 2012, the NAIC adopted significant amendments to the Insurance Holding Company Act and related regulations (the “NAIC Amendments”). The NAIC Amendments are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. Other changes include the requirement that a controlling person submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of a divestiture of control, detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and expanding of the agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator, including states (if any) in which the insurer is commercially domiciled. The NAIC Amendments must be adopted by the individual state legislatures and insurance regulators in order to be effective, and many states have already done so.
| 37 |
Table of Contents
In 2012, the NAIC also adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (the “ORSA Model Act”). The ORSA Model Act, as adopted by the various states, requires an insurance holding company system’s Chief Risk Officer to submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an Own-risk and Solvency Assessment Summary Report (“ORSA”). The ORSA is an internal assessment, tailored to the nature, scale, and complexity of an insurer or insurance group, conducted by that insurer or insurance group, of the material and relevant risks associated with the business plan of an insurer or insurance group and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. Insurers that exceed $500 million in gross premiums written may be subjected to additional reporting and compliance requirements and costs.
There is also risk that insurance holding company systems may become subject to group capital requirements at the holding company level. In December 2020, the NAIC adopted additional amendments to the Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and the Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation to provide a framework intended to complement the current holding company analytics framework by providing additional information to the lead state regulator for use in assessing group risks and capital adequacy. The amendments to the ORSA Model Act and Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation adopt a group capital calculation and liquidity stress test. We cannot predict whether or when these amendments may be adopted by Florida or the impact, if any, that the new regulatory requirements may have on our business, financial condition or results of operation.
In addition, the NAIC promulgated a Model Audit Rule, which places additional compliance duties and costs on insurers that exceed $500 million in direct premiums written. This rule includes the establishment of additional internal controls, disclosing un-remediated material weaknesses and analysis of any limitations of internal control. As the Company grows and exceeds these premium thresholds, additional costs and duties under these statutes and rules must be implemented, which can materially affect our results of operations.
Regulations limiting rate changes and requiring us to participate in loss sharing or assessments may decrease our profitability.
From time to time, public policy preferences and perceptions affect the insurance market, including insurers’ efforts to effectively maintain rates that allow us to reach targeted levels of rate adequacy and profitability. Despite efforts to address rate needs and other operational issues analytically, facts and history demonstrate that public policymakers, when faced with unexpected events and adverse public sentiment, have acted and may in the future act in ways that impede our ability to maintain a satisfactory correlation between rates and risk. This has included, and in the future may include, policymakers’ failures to take steps to address the causes of adverse market conditions. Such acts or failures to act may affect our ability to obtain approval for or implement rate changes that we believe are necessary to attain rate adequacy along with targeted levels of profitability and returns on equity. Additionally, because AIIC often must obtain regulatory approval prior to changing rates, delays in the filing, review or implementation of rate changes can adversely affect our ability to attain rate adequacy. This is especially the case in hard markets such as the current Florida market, where many insurers are submitting filings for significant rate increases and thereby affecting the FLOIR’s workload and its ability to timely review filings.
Our ability to afford reinsurance required to reduce our catastrophe risk also depends in part on our ability to adjust rates for our costs.
Additionally, we are required to participate in guaranty funds for insolvent insurance companies and other statutory insurance entities. The guaranty funds and other statutory entities periodically levy assessments against all applicable insurance companies doing business in the state, and the amounts and timing of those assessments are unpredictable. Although we seek to recoup these assessments from our policyholders, we might not be able to fully do so and at any point in time or for any period, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these factors.
| 38 |
Table of Contents
The amount of statutory capital and surplus that AIIC has and the amount of statutory capital and surplus it must hold vary and are sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control, including market conditions and the regulatory environment and rules.
AIIC is subject to RBC standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed under applicable state laws. The RBC standards, based upon the Risk-Based Capital Model Act adopted by the NAIC, require us to report our results of RBC calculations to the FLOIR and the NAIC. These RBC standards provide for different levels of regulatory attention depending upon the ratio of an insurance company’s total adjusted capital, as calculated in accordance with NAIC guidelines, to its authorized control level RBC. Authorized control level RBC is determined using the NAIC’s RBC formula, which measures the minimum amount of capital that an insurance company needs to support its overall business operations.
An insurance company with total adjusted capital that (i) is at less than 200% of its authorized control level RBC, or (ii) falls below 300% of its RBC requirement and also fails a trend test, is deemed to be at a “company action level,” which would require the insurance company to file a plan that, among other things, contains proposals of corrective actions the company intends to take that are reasonably expected to result in the elimination of the company action level event. Additional action level events occur when the insurer’s total adjusted capital falls below 150%, 100%, and 70% of its authorized control level RBC. The lower the percentage, the more severe the regulatory response, including, in the event of a mandatory control level event (total adjusted capital falls below 70% of the insurer’s authorized control level RBC), placing the insurance company into receivership.
In addition, AIIC is required to maintain certain minimum capital and surplus and to limit premiums written to specified multiples of capital and surplus. AIIC could exceed these ratios if its volume increases faster than anticipated or if its surplus declines due to catastrophe or non-catastrophe losses or excessive underwriting and operational expenses.
Any failure by AIIC to meet the applicable RBC or minimum statutory capital requirements imposed by the laws of Florida (or other states where we currently or may eventually conduct business) could subject AIIC to further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or receivership, which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation and financial condition. Any such failure also could adversely affect our financial strength and stability ratings.
Any changes in existing RBC requirements, minimum statutory capital requirements, or applicable writings ratios may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we may be unable to do, or require us to reduce the amount of premiums we write, which could adversely affect our business and our operating results.
We incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and changes in corporate governance practices, subject to any applicable phase-in periods or other exemptions.
We expect that continuing to comply with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, our management team will have to continue to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase to the extent we are no longer an
| 39 |
Table of Contents
emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act, and are not a smaller reporting company. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of being a public company or the timing of such costs, which could adversely affect our operating results.
We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations have and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We have and will continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
The increased costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or result in a net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution. Additionally, if these requirements divert management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Investments
We are subject to market risk, which may adversely affect investment income.
Our primary market risk exposures are changes in interest rates, which impact our investment income and returns. Fluctuations in interest rates could expose us to increased financial risk. Since September 2024, the U.S. Federal Reserve has reduced the target range for the federal funds rate by an aggregate of 125 basis points. Declines in market interest rates can have an adverse effect on our investment income to the extent that we invest cash in new interest-bearing investments that yield less than our portfolio’s average rate of return or purchase longer-term or riskier assets in order to obtain adequate investment yields resulting in a duration gap when compared to the duration of liabilities. Conversely, increases in market interest rates also have in the past and can have an adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the fair values of the available-for-sale debt securities that comprise a large portion of our investment. In addition, inflation, such as what we are seeing in the current economic environment, has adversely impacted our business and financial results and could in the future.
Our overall financial performance depends in part on the returns on our investment portfolio.
The performance of our investment portfolio is independent of the revenue and income generated from our insurance operations, and there is typically no direct correlation between the financial results of these two activities. Thus, to the extent that our investment portfolio does not perform well due to the factors discussed above or otherwise, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected even if our insurance
| 40 |
Table of Contents
operations perform favorably. Further, because the returns on our investment portfolio are subject to market volatility, our overall results of operations could likewise be volatile from period to period even if we do not experience significant financial variances in our insurance operations.
We have assets held at a financial institution that may exceed the insurance coverage offered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the loss of which could negatively impact our financial condition.
As a part of our cash management strategy, we maintain deposits in a United States financial institution in an amount intended to satisfy our immediate liquidity needs. Any amounts in excess of $100,000 are swept on a daily basis into a money market fund custodied outside of the financial institution and invested in short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government. Although balances we hold at the financial institution fluctuate daily based on a variety of factors, any exposure over the FDIC limit of $250,000 is limited to short intraday windows. However, in the event of a failure of the financial institution, there is a chance we may be unable to access such funds and may incur a loss to the extent such balance exceeds the FDIC insurance limit during the day prior to a sweep, which could have a negative impact on our liquidity and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
The trading price of our Common Stock could be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
Our IPO occurred in May 2025. Therefore, there has only recently been a public market for our Common Stock. Although we list our Common Stock on the NYSE, an active trading market for our Common Stock may not further develop or be sustained. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to further develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our Common Stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing additional shares of our Common Stock or other equity or equity-linked securities and may impair our ability to make acquisitions using any such securities as consideration. The trading price of our Common Stock may fluctuate substantially in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Common Stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Common Stock include the following:
| • | results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
| • | results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; |
| • | changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; |
| • | changes in economic conditions for companies in our industry; |
| • | changes in market valuations of, or earnings and other announcements by, companies in our industry; |
| • | declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of insurance companies; |
| • | strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
| • | changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the insurance environment; |
| • | changes in business or regulatory conditions; |
| • | future sales of our Common Stock or other securities; |
| • | investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives; |
| 41 |
Table of Contents
| • | the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; |
| • | announcements relating to litigation or governmental investigations; |
| • | guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance; |
| • | the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; |
| • | changes in accounting principles; and |
| • | other events or factors, including those resulting from system failures and disruptions, natural or man-made disasters, extreme weather events, war, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of highly infectious or contagious diseases or responses to these events. |
Furthermore, the stock market may experience extreme volatility that, in some cases, may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our Common Stock is low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Common Stock.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in the time required. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Common Stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are also currently required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.
Additionally, the existence of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that we identified, or any additional material weakness or a significant deficiency, requires management to devote
| 42 |
Table of Contents
significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that we identified or any additional material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and stock price. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we are undertaking various costly and time-consuming actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
The JOBS Act allows us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if this reduced disclosure will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.
The JOBS Act is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies.” As defined in the JOBS Act, a public company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurs after December 8, 2011, and whose annual net sales are less than $1.235 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:
| • | the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its initial public offering of common equity securities; |
| • | the last day of its fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; |
| • | the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt; and |
| • | the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (i) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months, and (iii) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. |
We are an emerging growth company and may remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as the fifth anniversary of our IPO. For so long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we will, among other things:
| • | not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| • | not be required to hold a nonbinding advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation pursuant to Section 14A(a) of the Exchange Act; |
| • | not be required to seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved pursuant to Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act; |
| • | be exempt from the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the condensed consolidated financial statements; and |
| • | be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting
| 43 |
Table of Contents
standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive as a result of our decision to take advantage of some or all of the reduced disclosure requirements above. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock. As a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, general and economic conditions, our results of operations and financial condition, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, and such other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in our Common Stock may be solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our Common Stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy.”
Certain provisions of Delaware law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. These provisions provide for, among other things:
| • | a classified Board of Directors (until the declassification of our Board of Directors is completed by the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2031 (the “Sunset Date”)); |
| • | the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval; |
| • | our stockholders may not take action by consent without a meeting and may only take action at a meeting of stockholders; |
| • | vacancies on our Board of Directors are able to be filled only by our Board of Directors and not by stockholders; |
| • | advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders; |
| • | stockholders are unable to call a special meeting of stockholders; |
| • | no cumulative voting in the election of directors; |
| • | until the full declassification of our Board of Directors by the Sunset Date, directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon; and |
| • | that certain provisions of the Charter may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holder of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon. |
| 44 |
Table of Contents
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.
In addition, we have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), but our Charter provides that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (generally defined as any stockholder with 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such stockholder) for a period of three years following the time on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited (except with respect to Sowell & Co. and any of its respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of our Common Stock). See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Our Charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Pursuant to our Charter, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) is, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) a derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) an action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) an action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) an action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against our Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision does not apply to any action or proceeding asserting a claim under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, our Charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States are the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other claim for which federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction, against us or any director, officer, employee or agent of ours. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our Charter provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our Charter described above; however, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The forum selection provisions in our Charter may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provision were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such a challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board of Directors.
| 45 |
Table of Contents
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of Common Stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Common Stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Common Stock. As of November 17, 2025, we had 19,576,804 shares of Common Stock outstanding. This includes the 3,000,000 shares of our Common Stock that the Selling Stockholders are selling in this offering (or 3,450,000 shares of Common Stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), which may be resold in the public market immediately. Approximately 3,329,161 shares of our Common Stock (or 3,253,583 shares of Common Stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) are currently subject to a 90-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering. All of these shares of Common Stock will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by the representatives of the underwriters for this offering. We have also registered shares of Common Stock that we may issue under our long-term incentive plan. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to any lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our Common Stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of Common Stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they publish unfavorable research or reports, or adversely change their recommendations regarding our Common Stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Common Stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research, issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Common Stock, which could depress the price of our Common Stock.
Our Charter authorizes us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Common Stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Common Stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Common Stock.
| 46 |
Table of Contents
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus may be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements regarding: our outlook; our business strategy; writing new business and retaining existing policies; new insurance products; availability of reinsurance coverage; expectations on future growth; future Citizens take-out opportunities; anticipated future operating results and operating expenses, cash flows, capital resources and liquidity; reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses; competition; future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes; forecasts of future revenues and appropriately planning our expenses; geographic expansion; reduction of our quota share; and our plans regarding our capital expenditures and investment portfolio. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “contemplates,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “targets,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance, and are based only on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, projections, anticipated events and trends, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of our control. Therefore, you should not rely on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:
| • | the potential that we may face significant losses due to being a property and casualty insurer and our exposure to catastrophic events and severe weather conditions, which can be unpredictable; |
| • | our loss reserves are estimates and may be inadequate to cover our actual liability for losses, and actual claims incurred have exceeded, and in the future may exceed, reserves established for claims; |
| • | the dependence of our financial results on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida due to the fact that we conduct substantially all of our business in Florida; |
| • | changing climate conditions may increase the severity and frequency of catastrophic events and severe weather conditions; |
| • | the severity and frequency of catastrophe events of which are unpredictable; |
| • | dependence upon the effectiveness of exclusions and other loss limitation methods in the insurance policies we assume or write; |
| • | reliance upon third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers; |
| • | our ability to pursue Citizens take-out opportunities; |
| • | cyclical changes in the insurance industry; |
| • | our ability to obtain reinsurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates, or at all; |
| • | credit risk of our reinsurers who may suffer a downgrade; |
| • | the inherent uncertainty of models and our reliance on such models as a tool to evaluate risk, and the dependence of our results upon our ability to accurately price the risks we underwrite; |
| • | the possibility that our information technology systems may fail or be disrupted; |
| • | our ability to expand our business and the possible need to acquire additional capital in the future to fund such expansion; |
| 47 |
Table of Contents
| • | the ability of our claims department, or the third-party claims adjusters whom we may engage, to effectively manage or remediate claims as well as unanticipated increases in the severity or frequency of claims; |
| • | the possibility that actual renewals of our existing policies will not meet expectations; |
| • | increased competition and market conditions, including changes in our financial stability and credit ratings; |
| • | the extensive regulatory environment in which we operate that requires approval of rate increases, can mandate rate decreases, and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements, and other potential further restrictive regulation we may face; |
| • | mandatory assessments or competition for government entities may create short-term liabilities or affect our ability to underwrite more policies; and |
| • | other risks identified in “Risk Factors.” |
New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
| 48 |
Table of Contents
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The profitability of our business fluctuates each year based on a variety of factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophe storms in the Southeast United States, and in years where we generate excess profit, we may look to return excess capital to stockholders via dividends or other capital return mechanisms. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities, preferred stock or credit facility. If we elect to pay dividends in the future, we may reduce or elect to discontinue the payment of such dividends at any time.
To the extent we rely on dividends from AIIC to pay dividends to our stockholders, the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions. Dividends from AIIC can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIIC to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. As of the date hereof, AIIC has not declared dividends.
| 49 |
Table of Contents
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders in this offering.
| 50 |
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion provides a detailed analysis of our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and capital resources. Investors should read this section alongside our condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. This analysis includes forward-looking statements, which are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from projections due to factors beyond our control, as detailed under “Risk Factors.” References to the “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, American Integrity Insurance Company (“AIIC”), we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners, as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. Florida represented 94.5% of our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 and 97.1% of our in-force premium as of September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, more than 70% of our in-force premium is in the insurance market in which we underwrite and sell policies to policyholders where we may freely choose or reject without the assistance of residual market mechanisms (the “Voluntary Market”). Moreover, 2.9% of our in-force premium was in Georgia and South Carolina, where we have strategically expanded to support and enhance our relationships with our builder agency network.
We strive to generate consistent adjusted underwriting profits, exclusive of investment income or gains and losses from the sale of invested assets. Our goal is to achieve long-term profitability across economic and insurance cycles by maintaining a conservative financial position, increasing premiums written and risk exposure when we believe market conditions are favorable, and reducing risk exposure during periods when we believe market conditions are unfavorable and earning profits is more challenging. AIIC, our statutory insurance carrier, maintains a Financial Stability Rating of “A” (Exceptional) by Demotech, and a financial strength rating of “BBB+” with a stable outlook from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC. Additionally, the Company maintains a BB+ rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.
We generate revenue primarily from insurance premiums earned, net of reinsurance ceded. We also generate revenue from policy fees, installment income fees, income generated through the investment of our assets, and realized gains or losses on the sale of our invested assets. Our financial results are highly seasonal due to the occurrence of hurricanes and tropical storms typically between June 1st and November 30th of each year in Florida and the other states in which we operate. Our reinsurance purchasing, including our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance coverages, which commence on June 1st annually, also materially influences our financial results and are impacted by changes in reinsurance rates or alterations in terms and conditions, including in attachment or loss retention levels.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Comparability Between Periods
Florida Trends. Prior to the legislative reforms passed in December 2022, the legal and regulatory environment in Florida posed significant challenges for property and casualty insurers, particularly due to excessive litigation and aggressive claims practices relating to issues such as assignment of benefits abuse, extended statute of limitations, and attorney fee multipliers led to disproportionately high litigation rates in Florida relative to other geographies. These factors increased claims costs and reinsurance expenses, impacting the profitability of insurers operating in Florida. Recent legislative changes, however, have improved operating conditions in the
| 51 |
Table of Contents
Florida insurance market, including a reduction in claims litigation activity since the reforms were enacted in December 2022. We believe these legislative reforms provide greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
Citizens “Take-out” Program. In late 2024, we strategically expanded our policy base, assuming 68,844 policies, representing $112.4 million in assumed unearned premiums from Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”). In the first quarter of 2025 we assumed 16,632 policies from Citizens, representing $31.2 million in assumed unearned premiums. In the second quarter of 2025, we assumed 7,372 policies from Citizens, representing $17.8 million in assumed unearned premiums. In the third quarter of 2025, we assumed 1,891 policies from Citizens, representing $3.4 million in assumed unearned premiums. These policies we assume carry no upfront acquisition costs and are covered by our current treaty year reinsurance program.
Over the past decade, market conditions did not support take-outs from Citizens that aligned with our underwriting and profitability standards. Prior to 2024, our last assumption of policies from Citizens was in 2014. However, we believe recent regulatory changes, improvements in the data that is made available on Citizens policies and rate increases implemented by Citizens making pricing more comparable to what we charge in the Voluntary Market have made the opportunity to assume policies from Citizens more attractive.
Take-out opportunities, however, are subject to a number of market, timing and execution risks, and future take-out opportunities may or may not materialize.
Changing Climate Conditions. Over the past two decades, the increasing frequency and severity of severe weather events have highlighted the unpredictable nature of climate trends. Climate change has the potential to influence the occurrence and intensity of natural disasters, including convective storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, hailstorms, severe winter storms, and flooding, among others. This unpredictability creates challenges in assessing future risks and exposures.
We continuously monitor climate data and collaborate with climate change and catastrophe modeling experts to refine our risk assessment models, enhancing our preparedness for evolving climate-related challenges.
Seasonality of our Business. Our business is seasonal as hurricanes and other named storms typically occur in the geographies where we operate between June 1st and November 30th of each year. This may result in significant variability in our losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) depending on the number, location and strength of hurricanes and other named storms during these months as compared to other months. In addition, because our catastrophe reinsurance program renews on June 1st each year, the ceded premiums written recorded in the second quarter are typically substantially higher than any other quarter during a fiscal year. In some instances, this will cause our reported net premiums written to be negative (or substantially lower than other quarters) in the second quarter of each year.
Inflation. We may be adversely affected during periods of high inflation, primarily because of increased labor and material costs, which could cause claims and claim expenses to increase. This has been evident since the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020. In addition, periods of high inflation can lead to periods of high interest rates, which may impact the performance of our investment portfolio. The impact of inflation on our results cannot be known with any certainty; however, we revise our reserves for unpaid losses as additional information becomes available, and reflect adjustments to our reserves, if any, in our earnings in the periods in which we determine the adjustments are necessary. We monitor inflation trends and factor them into the pricing of our new business and renewal policies.
Cost and Availability of Reinsurance. We purchase excess of loss and quota share reinsurance as part of our capital management strategy and in an effort to reduce volatility of earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential catastrophe events. Our ability to implement an effective reinsurance strategy is dependent, in part, on the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage. In recent years, reinsurance rates have
| 52 |
Table of Contents
significantly increased and terms and conditions have tightened (including reductions on what we are able to charge for claims administration), particularly for catastrophe exposed property lines of business. This can be attributed to a variety of factors, including high inflation and a rising interest rate environment, social inflation, the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes including large hurricanes in Florida such as Hurricane Ian and Milton, and reinsurance capacity constraints. We ceded 72.0% and 75.1% of our gross premiums earned in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.
Initial Public Offering and Corporate Contribution
On May 9, 2025, we completed our initial public offering (the “IPO”) of an aggregate of 6,875,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), at a price to the public of $16.00 per share, 6,250,000 of which shares were sold by the Company and 625,000 of which shares were sold by certain selling stockholders. The gross proceeds to us from the IPO were $100 million, and gross proceeds to the selling stockholders from the IPO were $10 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. On May 13, 2025, the underwriters completed the exercise of their option to purchase an additional 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock from the selling stockholders resulting in an additional $16.5 million in gross proceeds to the selling stockholders, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We did not receive any gross proceeds from the sales of shares of Common Stock by the selling stockholders. In connection with our IPO, we effected a net issuance of 417,470 shares of restricted stock to certain of our employees and consultants (the “Restricted Stock Grant”) after giving effect to the withholding of approximately 234,587 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (the “Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement”). We incurred a one-time share-based compensation expense of $10.4 million in connection with the Restricted Stock Grant and paid $3.8 million in connection with the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement. The compensation expense for these awards was recognized in the second quarter of 2025. Immediately prior to the IPO, the owners of the equity interests of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (“AIIG”) contributed all of their equity interests to the Company in exchange for an aggregate of 12,904,495 shares of Common Stock.
| 53 |
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
| Three months ended September 30, |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Gross premiums written |
$ | 239,100 | $ | 160,977 | $ | 738,245 | $ | 530,061 | $ | 767,678 | $ | 640,990 | ||||||||||||
| Change in gross unearned premiums |
(17,151 | ) | 4,384 | (82,401 | ) | (47,686 | ) | (85,462 | ) | (50,475 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross premiums earned |
221,949 | 165,361 | 655,844 | 482,375 | 682,216 | 590,515 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Ceded premiums earned |
(169,950 | ) | (124,897 | ) | (472,275 | ) | (362,109 | ) | (500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net premiums earned |
51,999 | 40,464 | 183,569 | 120,266 | 182,055 | 180,262 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Policy fees |
2,805 | 1,928 | 7,976 | 5,656 | 7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income |
6,906 | 3,757 | 15,788 | 10,419 | 14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net realized gains (losses) on investments |
41 | 18 | 542 | 103 | 119 | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
| Other income |
275 | 376 | 536 | 791 | 607 | 923 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total Revenues |
62,026 | 46,543 | 208,411 | 137,235 | 204,354 | 200,871 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
29,652 | 25,017 | 71,702 | 58,024 | (90,832 | ) | (86,749 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
6,254 | 7,790 | 15,642 | 19,695 | (31,532 | ) | (35,255 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
7,347 | 7,185 | 35,287 | 19,224 | (30,951 | ) | (34,112 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total Expenses |
43,253 | 39,992 | 122,631 | 96,943 | 153,315 | 156,116 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income before taxes |
18,773 | 6,551 | 85,780 | 40,292 | 51,039 | 44,755 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense |
5,610 | 2,038 | 7,027 | 8,948 | 11,297 | 6,958 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net Income |
$ | 13,163 | $ | 4,513 | $ | 78,753 | $ | 31,344 | $ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||||||||||
| Loss ratio(1) |
54.1 | % | 59.0 | % | 37.4 | % | 46.1 | % | 47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Expense ratio(2) |
24.8 | % | 35.3 | % | 26.6 | % | 30.9 | % | 33.0 | % | 37.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Combined ratio(3) |
78.9 | % | 94.3 | % | 64.0 | % | 77.0 | % | 80.9 | % | 83.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Annualized return on equity(4) |
17.0 | % | 11.9 | % | 43.9 | % | 29.0 | % | 26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio(5) |
48.0 | % | 46.8 | % | 43.9 | % | 46.5 | % | 44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||||
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio(6) |
49.9 | % | 36.4 | % | 36.8 | % | 37.1 | % | 32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Loss ratio is a key business metric and is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our loss trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate this component separately from our other operating expenses. |
| (2) | Expense ratio is a key business metric and is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this metric to analyze our expense trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate these components separately from our loss and loss adjustment expenses. |
| (3) | Combined ratio is a key business metric, defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our total expense trends and believes it is a key indicator for investors when evaluating the overall profitability of our business. |
| (4) | Annualized return on equity is a key business metric, defined as net income, annualized, divided by the average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the applicable period. This metric is annualized for interim periods by multiplying by the applicable ratio in order to present return on equity consistently. |
| 54 |
Table of Contents
| (5) | Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it provides a view into the cost of our catastrophe reinsurance program. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned. The ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio measure should not be considered a substitute for ceded premiums earned and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business. |
| (6) | Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure defined as the ratio of loss and LAE, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it allows us to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is the loss ratio. The underlying loss and LAE ratio should not be considered a substitute for the loss ratio and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business |
Policies In-Force
Policies in-force represents the number of active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced. We utilize the change in the number of policies in-force to assess the trajectories of our operations.
In-force premium represents the annual premium for active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced. Since 2023, we have seen average in-force premiums decline moderately due to lower average rates per insurance policy as a result of improving litigation trends and regulatory reform. In addition, the new states we are expanding into, including South Carolina and Georgia, tend to have lower average rates than Florida. However, through our continued expansion into the Tri-County region of Florida and into insuring middle-aged homes, we plan to capitalize on higher average premiums.
The following table shows our policies in-force and in-force premiums by product as of as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| As of September 30, | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| HO-3 |
263,539 | $ | 597,371 | 173,175 | $ | 448,515 | 238,084 | $ | 589,744 | 169,362 | $ | 438,396 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| HO-4 |
3,868 | 1,047 | 3,636 | 1,082 | 3,677 | 1,077 | 4,111 | 1,149 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| HO-5 |
4,992 | 6,118 | 298 | 342 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| HO-6 |
15,302 | 27,954 | 8,957 | 19,204 | 967 | 1,034 | 9,600 | 19,330 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| MHO |
6,027 | 20,347 | 7,482 | 25,833 | 7,347 | 24,519 | 9,921 | 28,451 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| DP-1 (Including vacant) |
26,692 | 62,209 | 27,315 | 69,260 | 27,599 | 68,201 | 29,264 | 63,479 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| DP-3 |
74,582 | 189,575 | 43,040 | 130,441 | 68,986 | 185,513 | 43,756 | 117,393 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Watercraft |
3,740 | 4,664 | 2,871 | 3,455 | 3,032 | 4,190 | 2,114 | 2,662 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Golf Cart |
7,352 | 1,119 | 6,016 | 914 | 6,416 | 978 | 4,979 | 749 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Umbrella |
— | — | 432 | 167 | — | — | 992 | 382 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Total |
406,094 | $ | 910,404 | 273,222 | $ | 699,213 | 356,108 | $ | 875,256 | 274,099 | $ | 671,991 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| 55 |
Table of Contents
The following table shows our policies in-force and in-force premiums by county in Florida as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 and as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| As of September 30, | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) County |
2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
Policies in-force |
In-force premium |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| POLK |
26,366 | $ | 46,423 | 20,018 | $ | 41,042 | 22,997 | $ | 44,493 | 18,079 | $ | 34,661 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LEE |
25,899 | 68,421 | 22,384 | 72,572 | 26,380 | 78,323 | 24,515 | 73,584 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ORANGE |
25,280 | 56,307 | 17,532 | 44,986 | 22,863 | 54,288 | 16,604 | 41,079 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| DUVAL |
22,440 | 36,870 | 17,341 | 34,403 | 20,598 | 37,832 | 17,359 | 33,022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| HILLSBOROUGH |
20,795 | 49,155 | 16,275 | 44,577 | 19,454 | 49,700 | 16,376 | 43,775 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PASCO |
19,470 | 38,983 | 15,688 | 36,821 | 17,327 | 38,173 | 15,481 | 33,249 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| OSCEOLA |
19,428 | 40,430 | 10,307 | 23,823 | 16,185 | 35,140 | 7,914 | 17,316 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| PALM BEACH |
18,673 | 72,003 | 2,354 | 12,411 | 16,218 | 68,680 | 3,144 | 15,867 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| MARION |
16,497 | 23,577 | 13,238 | 24,038 | 14,644 | 24,431 | 12,559 | 22,763 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BREVARD |
13,900 | 34,061 | 7,960 | 22,901 | 12,588 | 32,407 | 8,209 | 22,272 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| VOLUSIA |
13,159 | 27,260 | 11,100 | 27,020 | 12,543 | 28,469 | 11,731 | 26,705 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| OTHERS |
184,187 | 416,914 | 119,025 | 314,619 | 154,311 | 383,320 | 122,128 | 307,698 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Total |
406,094 | $ | 910,404 | 273,222 | $ | 699,213 | 356,108 | $ | 875,256 | 274,099 | $ | 671,991 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Policies in-force were 406,094 as of September 30, 2025, an increase of 48.6% compared to policies in-force of 273,222 as of September 30, 2024, and an increase of 14.0% compared to policies in-force of 356,108 as of December 31, 2024. The increase in our policies in-force was primarily due to new policies written through the Voluntary Market and 2024-2025 Citizens take-outs. Additionally, our policies in-force increased to 356,108 as of December 31, 2024 from 274,099 as of December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the expansion of our Citizens take-out program.
During the three months ended September 30, 2025, we wrote 25,985 policies in the Voluntary Market, which was in-line with the number of policies we wrote in the Voluntary Market during the three months ended September 30, 2024. We experienced policy retention rates of 82.8% during the third quarter of 2025, up from 72.1% during the third quarter of 2024.
| 56 |
Table of Contents
The following table shows our policies in-force and in-force premium by source:
| ($ in thousands) | Policies In-Force |
In-Force Premium |
||||||
| As of December 31, 2023 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
264,435 | $ | 637,455 | |||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs(1) |
9,664 | 34,536 | ||||||
| FY 2023 Citizens Take-Outs(2) |
— | — | ||||||
| Total |
274,099 | 671,991 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| As of December 31, 2024 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
280,755 | 661,338 | ||||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs(1) |
7,140 | 29,599 | ||||||
| FY 2024 Citizens Take-Outs(2)(3) |
68,213 | 184,320 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
356,108 | 875,257 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| As of March 31, 2025 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
293,577 | 652,888 | ||||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs |
7,106 | 28,661 | ||||||
| Citizens Take-Outs |
13,256 | 35,364 | ||||||
| FY 2024 Citizens Take-Outs |
52,875 | 144,998 | ||||||
| FY 2025 Citizens Take-Outs |
16,518 | 47,628 | ||||||
| Total |
383,332 | $ | 909,539 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| As of June 30, 2025 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
305,873 | 648,177 | ||||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs |
6,742 | 26,899 | ||||||
| Citizens Take-Outs |
35,441 | 98,253 | ||||||
| FY 2024 Citizens Take-Outs |
27,490 | 75,439 | ||||||
| FY 2025 Citizens Take-Outs |
23,592 | 72,484 | ||||||
| Total |
399,138 | $ | 921,252 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| As of September 30, 2025 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market(4) |
315,217 | $ | 644,628 | |||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs(5) |
6,285 | 24,850 | ||||||
| Citizens Take-Outs(6) |
58,766 | 163,561 | ||||||
| FY 2024 Citizens Take-Outs(7)(8) |
1,115 | 2,718 | ||||||
| FY 2025 Citizens Take-Outs(7) (9) |
24,711 | 74,647 | ||||||
| Total |
406,094 | $ | 910,404 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens in or prior to 2014 that have since been renewed directly with the Company. The Company did not conduct any take-outs in the years 2015 through 2023. |
| (2) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens during the stated calendar year that have less than a year remaining under their current Citizens policy and will be offered a renewal policy with the Company upon expiration. |
| (3) | There were 68,844 policies assumed from Citizens during 2024; however, 631 of those policies were no longer in-force as of December 31, 2024. |
| (4) | During the three months ended September 30, 2025, we wrote 25,985 policies in the Voluntary Market, which was in-line with the number of policies we wrote in the Voluntary Market during the three months ended September 30, 2024. |
| (5) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens in or prior to 2014 that have since been renewed directly with the Company. The Company did not conduct any take-outs in the years 2015 through 2023. |
| (6) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens that have since renewed directly with the Company. |
| (7) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens during the stated calendar year that have less than a year remaining under their current Citizens policy and will be offered a renewal policy with the Company upon expiration. |
| 57 |
Table of Contents
| (8) | There were 68,844 policies assumed from Citizens during 2024; and 59,950 or 87.1%, were still in-force as of September 30, 2025. |
| (9) | There have been 25,895 policies assumed from Citizens during 2025; and 24,711 policies, or 95.4%, were still in-force as of September 30, 2025. |
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 202, respectively
Revenues
Gross premiums written (“GPW”) are the amount received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us during a specific period of time, in each case prior to amounts ceded to reinsurers. We utilize GPW to assess the growth of our business excluding the effects of ceded reinsurance. GPW is generally impacted by:
| • | Renewals of existing policies; |
| • | New business submissions; |
| • | Binding of new business submissions into policies; |
| • | Bound policies going effective; |
| • | Average premium of new and renewing policies; |
| • | Premium rates of new and renewing policies; and |
| • | Assumption of policies from third-party carriers and/or Florida state-supported insurers, including from the Citizens “depopulation” programs. |
For the three months ended September 30, 2025, gross premiums written increased by $78.1 million, or 48.5%, to $239.1 million, compared to $161.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was due largely to new and renewal policies written through the voluntary market and from our strategic participation in the Citizens take-out program.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, gross premiums written increased by $208.1 million, or 39.3%, to $738.2 million, compared to $530.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was due largely to an increase in assumed written premiums related to our strategic participation in the Citizens take-out program, and premium from new and renewal policies written through the Voluntary Market.
Gross premiums earned represent the earned portion of our gross premiums written, adjusted by the change in gross unearned premium. Premiums associated with written, and assumed policies are earned ratably over the remaining term of the policy, respectively, which is typically one year.
Gross premiums earned increased to $221.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $165.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The $56.5 million, or 34.2%, increase was due largely to new and renewal gross premiums written from the Voluntary Market and those related to the Citizens take-outs.
Gross premiums earned increased to $655.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $482.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The $173.5 million, or 36.0%, increase was due largely to our increase in gross premiums written related to the Citizens take-outs.
Ceded premiums written represent the gross premiums written that are ceded to reinsurers under our reinsurance treaties. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential large catastrophe losses and severe non-catastrophe losses, and in the case of our quota share, to provide additional capacity for growth. Ceded premiums written are impacted by the level of our gross premiums written and decisions we make from time to time to adjust our net retention levels, quota share terms, facultative reinsurance terms, property per risk terms and catastrophe excess of loss terms and capacity, as well as the pricing and availability of reinsurance generally.
| 58 |
Table of Contents
Ceded premiums earned represent the earned portion of our ceded premiums written, adjusted by the change in ceded unearned premiums. We recognize the cost of our reinsurance program and ceded premiums earned ratably over the 12-month term of the arrangements.
Ceded premiums earned increased $45.1 million, or 36.1%, to $170.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $124.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in ceded premiums earned was due to growth in our gross premiums earned and the placement of our 2025-2026 catastrophe excess-of-loss reinsurance program effective June 1, 2025. The Company purchased more reinsurance coverage compared to prior years, reflecting an increase in in-force premiums and total insured value (“TIV”).
Ceded premiums earned increased $110.2 million, or 30.4%, to $472.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $362.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in ceded premiums earned was due to growth in our gross premiums earned.
Net premiums written reflect gross premiums written, less ceded premiums written.
Net premiums earned reflect gross premiums earned, less ceded premiums earned.
Net premiums earned grew by $11.5 million, or 28.5%, reaching $52.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025, up from $40.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was due largely to the increase in gross premiums earned driven largely by strength in the Voluntary Market and our participation in the Citizens take-out program.
Net premiums earned grew by $63.3 million, or 52.6%, reaching $183.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, up from $120.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was due largely to an increase in gross premiums earned related to our strategic participation in the Citizens take-out program, and premium from new and renewal policies written through the Voluntary Market.
Policy fees represent various upfront policy fees paid by policyholders on new and renewal insurance policies. In accordance with ASC 606, policy fees are recognized and earned upon collection as they are not subject to refund, and our service obligation is fulfilled when the policy is issued.
Policy fees increased $0.9 million, or 45.5%, to $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $1.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in policies written during the three months ended September 30, 2025 contributed to the increase in policy fees.
Policy fees increased $2.3 million, or 41.0%, to $8.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $5.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in policies written during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 contributed to the increase in policy fees.
Net investment income includes interest earned from cash, cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities and short-term investments. Our invested assets primarily consist of cash and fixed-maturity securities. The primary factors affecting net investment income include the size of our investment portfolio and the yield generated by the underlying securities held in the portfolio.
Net investment income increased $3.1 million, or 83.8%, to $6.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $3.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in net investment income was due to an increase in invested assets driven by the increased premiums in-force and the proceeds from our IPO.
Net investment income increased $5.4 million, or 51.5%, to $15.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $10.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in net investment income was due to an increase in invested assets driven by the increased premiums in-force and the proceeds from our IPO.
| 59 |
Table of Contents
Net realized gains (losses) on investments reflect the differences between the amount received by us upon the sale of a security and the amortized cost of the security, as well as allowances for credit losses recognized in earnings, if any.
We continuously seek to optimize our investment portfolio. Sales of available-for-sale debt securities resulted in net realized investment gains of $40,736 for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and net realized investment gains of $18,175 for the three months ended September 30, 2024.
Sales of available-for-sale debt securities resulted in net realized investment gains of $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and net realized investment gains of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
Other income represents installment fees earned by us when policyholders elect to pay their premium over time as opposed to in full at inception of the policy and other miscellaneous items.
Other income decreased by $0.1 million, or 26.7%, to $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $0.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024.
Other income decreased by $0.3 million, or 32.3%, to $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
Expenses
Losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect losses and expenses paid to resolve claims, such as fees paid to claims adjusters, attorneys and investigators, and changes in our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE during the fiscal period, in each case net of losses and LAE ceded to reinsurers. Losses and LAE include a provision for claims that have occurred but have not yet been reported to us. These expenses are a function of the amount and type of insurance contracts we write, and the loss experience associated with the underlying coverage. Additionally, losses and LAE include the financial benefit from the management of claims, by American Integrity Claims Services, LLC, our in-house third-party administrator that earns fees for managing certain policies we issue, including claim fees ceded to reinsurers, which is an offset (contra expense) to LAE. Our losses and LAE are generally affected by:
| • | the occurrence, frequency and severity of claims associated with the particular types of insurance contracts that we write; |
| • | the occurrence of large catastrophe weather events in the states where we operate: Florida, Georgia and South Carolina; |
| • | the reinsurance agreements we have in place at the time of a loss; |
| • | the mix of business written by us; |
| • | changes in the legal or regulatory environment related to the business we write; |
| • | trends in legal defense costs; and |
| • | inflation in the cost of claims including inflation related to labor and building materials. |
Losses and LAE increased $4.7 million, or 18.5%, to $29.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $25.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in losses and LAE was primarily driven by higher gross premiums earned, partially offset by the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period.
Losses and LAE increased $13.7 million, or 23.6%, to $71.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $58.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in losses and LAE was primarily driven by higher gross premiums earned, partially offset by the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period.
| 60 |
Table of Contents
Policy acquisition expenses are costs we incur in connection with the acquisition of an insurance policy including commissions paid to distribution partners at the time of policy issuance, policy administration fees paid to third-party administrators at the time of policy issuance, premium taxes, and inspection fees. These policy acquisition expenses are partially offset by ceding commission we receive from third-party reinsurers participating on our net quota share program in connection with us ceding a portion of our gross premiums written. We recognize policy acquisition expenses and ceding commissions ratably over the term of the underlying policies. Ceding commissions are reported as a reduction to policy acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses and allocated to each based upon the proportion these costs bear to production of new business.
Policy acquisition expenses decreased $1.5 million, or 19.7%, to $6.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $7.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in non-catastrophe ceded commission allocation.
Policy acquisition expenses decreased $4.1 million, or 20.6%, to $15.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $19.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by lower acquisition costs associated with Citizens take-outs.
General and administrative expenses consist of expenses of our operations including employee compensation and benefits, technology costs, facilities costs and professional services fees, including legal, accounting and actuarial fees, as well as general corporate overhead expenses. As noted above, a certain portion of our ceding commissions are allocated to general and administrative expenses.
General and administrative expenses were largely flat year-over-year, at $7.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to $7.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company had increased salaries and consulting fees incurred to support the public company operations and ongoing growth, largely offset by an increase in net premiums earned.
General and administrative expenses increased $16.1 million, or 83.6%, to $35.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $19.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by one-time stock-based and cash compensation expenses, the termination payment related to the management services agreement, and other IPO-related costs, along with higher salaries and consulting fees to support the public company operations and ongoing growth.
Income tax expense relates to federal and state income taxes. The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will depend on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect. In connection with the proposed offering and the Corporate Contribution, the Company will be subject to payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Income tax expense was $5.6 million and $2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the three months September 30, 2025 and 2024 was 29.9% and 31.1%, respectively.
Income tax expense was $7.0 million and $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the nine months September 30, 2025 and 2024 was 8.2% and 22.2%, respectively. On May 7, 2025, the Company reorganized its structure through a tax-free transaction, which changed its tax status from a limited liability company, treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, to a corporation subject to United States federal income tax, under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. Conversion from a non-taxable entity to a corporation is considered a change in tax status, and has been reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. The change in tax status created deferred tax assets of approximately $9.7 million as a one-time gain in the second quarter of 2025 resulting in a lower effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
| 61 |
Table of Contents
Key Business Metrics and Ratios
Loss ratio
Loss ratio is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees. We add policy fees to net premiums earned when calculating our loss and expense ratios to include the total revenue produced by a policy, given they are earned when a policy is written.
Our loss ratio improved by 4.9 percentage points for the three months ended September 30, 2025, to 54.1%, compared to 59.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period, compared to the prior-year period which included losses from Hurricane Debby and Hurricane Helene.
Our loss ratio decreased by 8.7 percentage points for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, to 37.4%, compared to 46.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease in the loss ratio was primarily due to the increase in net premiums earned driven largely by our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program, and the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period.
Expense ratio
Expense ratio is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees.
Our expense ratio improved by 10.5 percentage points to 24.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 compared to 35.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, driven by an increase in net premiums earned, partially offset by higher salaries and consulting fees incurred to support the public company operations and ongoing growth.
Our expense ratio decreased by 4.3 percentage points to 26.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to 30.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 primarily due to higher net premiums earned driven by our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program and premiums from new and renewal policies written through the Voluntary Market, partially offset by non-recurring expenses and higher salaries and consulting fees related to the IPO and ongoing public company operations.
Combined ratio
Combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. We utilize combined ratio to assess our underwriting performance. A combined ratio below 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio exceeding 100% indicates an underwriting loss.
Our combined ratio improved by 15.4 percentage points to 78.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from 94.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. This improvement was primarily driven by an increase in net premiums earned, which contributed to reducing both the expense and loss ratios. The improvement also reflects the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period compared to the prior year.
Our combined ratio improved to 64.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from 77.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This improvement was due largely to our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program, which resulted in a financial benefit by reducing our expense ratio and loss ratio and resulted in a disproportionate increase in net earned premiums and the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period.
| 62 |
Table of Contents
Annualized return on equity
Annualized return on equity is defined as net income, annualized, divided by the average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the applicable period.
Our annualized return on equity increased to 17.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from 11.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in our annualized return on equity ratio was due to an increase in net income during the period, partially offset by an increase in shareholders’ equity as a result of retained earnings.
Our annualized return on equity increased to 43.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from 29.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in our annualized return on equity was due to an increase in net income during the period partially offset by growth in shareholders’ equity as a result of retained earnings and proceeds for our IPO.
Year-ended December 31, 2024 Compared to the Year-ended December 31, 2023
Revenues
Gross premiums earned increased to $682.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $590.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The $91.7 million, or 15.5% increase in gross premiums earned was primarily due to the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program.
Ceded premiums earned increased $89.9 million, or 21.9%, to $500.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $410.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in ceded premiums earned was primarily due to growth in our gross premiums earned from the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program, as well as increased reinsurance premium rates.
Net premiums earned grew by $1.8 million, or 1.0% year-over-year, reaching $182.1 million in 2024, up from $180.2 million in 2023. This increase is primarily driven by the Citizens take-out program partially offset by an increase in catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance premiums ceded.
Policy fees increased $0.3 million, or 4.8%, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in voluntary policies written during the year ended December 31, 2024 contributed to the increase in policy fees.
Net investment income increased $1.5 million, or 12.1%, to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net investment income is due to an increase in invested assets primarily driven by an increase in cash and cash equivalents and fixed-maturity securities.
We continuously seek to optimize our investment portfolio. Sales of available-for-sale debt securities resulted in net realized investment gains of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and net realized investment losses of $22,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Other income decreased $0.3 million, or 34.2%, to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Expenses
Losses and LAE increased $4.1 million, or 4.7%, to $90.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $86.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in losses and LAE resulted primarily from
| 63 |
Table of Contents
increased incurred catastrophe losses in the amount of $32.2 million due to hurricanes Milton, Helene, and Debby, which were partially offset by a decline in attritional (i.e., non-catastrophe) losses, in part as a result of the impact of the 2022 legislative reforms on the frequency of claims litigation and an overall more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, resulting in decreased claims frequencies, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Policy acquisition expenses decreased $3.7 million, or 10.6%, to $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease is primarily attributable to an increase in policy acquisition costs more than offset our net quota share reinsurance ceding commissions.
General and administrative expenses decreased $3.2 million, or 9.3%, to $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in non-catastrophe ceded commissions and no acquisition costs on the Citizens policies.
Income tax expense was $11.3 million and $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was 22.1% and 15.6%, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a reduction in the losses related to pass-through entities not subject to income tax.
Key Business Metrics and Ratios
Loss ratio
Our loss ratio increased by 160 basis points (bps) in 2024, reaching to 47.9%, compared to 46.3% in 2023. The increase was primarily due to the losses retained on hurricanes Milton, Helene, and Debby, partially offset by reduced litigation expenses following Florida’s legislative reforms, resulting in decreased claims frequency, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Expense ratio
Our expense ratio improved by 400 basis points (bps), 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 37.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increased non-catastrophe ceded commissions.
Combined ratio
Overall, our combined ratio improved to 80.9% in 2024 from 83.3% for the year ended December 31, 2023 reinforcing our commitment to disciplined underwriting and sustainable profitability.
Return on equity
Our return on equity decreased to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in our return on equity ratio is due primarily to an increase in shareholders’ equity due to retained earnings.
Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We utilize certain non-GAAP financial measures to analyze our business and provide useful information about our financial performance. The non-GAAP financial measures are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to the corresponding GAAP measures of financial performance, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. Our management uses these
| 64 |
Table of Contents
non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels and different go-to-market models; (iv) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments.
We monitor the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures that assist us in evaluating our business, measuring our performance, identifying trends and making strategic decisions. As such, we have presented the following non-GAAP measure, their most directly comparable GAAP measure, and key business metrics:
| Non-GAAP Measure | Comparable GAAP Measure | |
| Underwriting income (loss) | Income before taxes | |
| Adjusted net income | Net income | |
| Adjusted earnings per share | Earnings per share | |
| Annualized adjusted return on equity | Annualized return on equity | |
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio | Losses and loss adjustment expense ratio | |
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio | Ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned | |
Underwriting income (loss)
Underwriting income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income (loss) before income taxes, excluding net investment income, net realized gains and losses on investments, interest expense, other income and stock-based compensation expense. We use underwriting income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance and provides insight into the results of how effective our policy underwriting is. Underwriting income (loss) should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP and other companies may define underwriting income differently.
Underwriting income (loss) increased $9.2 million, or 381.2%, to $11.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $2.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, underwriting income increased by $39.9 million, or 137.8%, to $68.9 million from $29.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increases were due largely to the financial benefits of our participation in the Citizens take-out program, as well as improved underwriting performance during the periods.
Underwriting income (loss) increased $4.9 million, or 15.8%, to $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program and increased rate adjustments.
| 65 |
Table of Contents
Underwriting income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and December 31, 2024 and 2023 reconciles to income before taxes as follows:
| Three months ended September 30, |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income before taxes |
$ | 18,773 | $ | 6,551 | $ | 85,780 | $ | 40,292 | $ | 51,039 | $ | 44,755 | ||||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income |
6,906 | 3,757 | 15,788 | 10,419 | 14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net realized losses on investments |
41 | 18 | 542 | 103 | 119 | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
| Other income |
275 | 376 | 536 | 791 | 607 | 923 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Underwriting income |
$ | 11,551 | $ | 2,400 | $ | 68,914 | $ | 28,979 | $ | 36,133 | $ | 31,201 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding net realized gains or losses on investments, stock compensation expense, and certain non-recurring or non-cash expenses, including those incurred in connection with our IPO, net of tax. We use adjusted net income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities, which we do not view as core to the underlying trends in our business. Adjusted net income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted net income differently.
Adjusted net income (loss) increased $9.5 million, or 210.9%, to $14.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from $4.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due largely to the financial benefits of our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program and premiums from new policies written through the Voluntary Market, as well as improved underwriting performance due in part to the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, adjusted net income (loss) increased by $52.1 million, or 166.7%, to $83.4 million from $31.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due largely to the financial benefits of our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program and higher net earned premiums, as well as improved underwriting performance due in part to the absence of significant storm activity in Florida during the current period.
Adjusted net income (loss) increased $1.9 million, or 4.9%, to $39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $37.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program and increased rate adjustments.
Adjusted earnings per share is a non-GAAP measure, which is calculated as adjusted net income available to common stockholders divided by weighted average diluted common shares outstanding. Management believes this metric is meaningful, as it allows investors to evaluate underlying profitability and enhances comparability across periods by excluding items that are heavily impacted by investment market fluctuations and other economic factors and are not indicative of operating trends.
| 66 |
Table of Contents
Adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 reconciles to net income and earnings per share, respectively, as follows:
| Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income |
$ | 13,163 | $ | 4,513 | $ | 78,753 | $ | 31,344 | $ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||||||||||
| Add: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock compensation(1) |
— | — | 10,433 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Termination of MSA(2) |
— | — | 3,000 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| One-time bonus(2) |
— | — | 1,387 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| One-time IPO expenses(2) |
— | — | 1,654 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Post IPO transition expenses(2) |
1,084 | — | 1,084 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net realized gains on Investments |
41 | 18 | 542 | 103 | 119 | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
| Change in tax status(3) |
— | — | 9,722 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Tax effect(4) |
219 | (4 | ) | 2,683 | (22 | ) | (25 | ) | 5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Adjusted net income |
$ | 13,987 | $ | 4,499 | $ | 83,364 | $ | 31,263 | $ | 39,648 | $ | 37,814 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Adjusted income allocated to participating securities |
— | 194 | 2,190 | 1,350 | 1,711 | 1,682 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Numerator: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Adjusted income available for common shareholders |
$ | 13,987 | $ | 4,305 | $ | 81,174 | $ | 29,913 | $ | 37,937 | $ | 36,132 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Denominator: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted |
19,573 | 12,904 | 16,446 | 12,904 | 12,904 | 12,904 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Adjusted earnings per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Basic |
$ | 0.71 | $ | 0.33 | $ | 4.94 | $ | 2.32 | $ | 2.94 | $ | 2.80 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Diluted |
$ | 0.71 | $ | 0.33 | $ | 4.94 | $ | 2.32 | $ | 2.94 | $ | 2.80 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (1) | Stock-based compensation expense recognized of $10,433 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and approximately $4,241 was nondeductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
| (2) | Material non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue in the future and believe are not reflective of our ongoing operations and our performance. |
| (3) | The change in tax status of the parent company from a non-taxable entity to a taxable corporation resulted in recognition of a deferred income tax benefit. This adjustment has been removed using the U.S. federal statutory and state blended corporate tax rate of 25.262% for consistency with the tax asset recorded. |
| (4) | We included the tax impact of all adjustments to adjusted net income using the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 21%. While the Company’s actual effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were 8.2% and 22.2% respectively, the use of the statutory rate provides a consistent and simplified approach for comparability. This approach is applied uniformly, including to items that may be partially or fully nondeductible for tax purposes. The tax effect row is presented exclusive of the change in tax status impact. |
Annualized adjusted return on equity
Annualized adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income for the period on an annualized basis divided by the average of beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the
| 67 |
Table of Contents
applicable period. We use annualized adjusted return on equity as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our underlying business performance. Annualized adjusted return on equity should not be viewed as a substitute for any metrics calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define annualized adjusted return on equity differently.
Annualized adjusted return on equity increased by 6.2 percentage points, to 18.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from 11.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in annualized adjusted return on equity over the prior period was primarily due to an increase in net income during the period, partially offset by growth in shareholders’ equity as a result of retained earnings.
Annualized adjusted return on equity increased by 17.6 percentage points, to 46.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from 28.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in annualized adjusted return on equity over the prior period end balance was primarily due to an increase in net income during the period, partially offset by growth in shareholders’ equity as a result of retained earnings and proceeds from our IPO.
Adjusted return on equity decreased 6.1%, to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of net income holding stable and increased members’ equity due to growth in retained earnings.
Annualized adjusted return on equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 reconciles to annualized return on equity as follows:
| Three Months Ended September 30 |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 13,163 | $ | 4,513 | $ | 78,753 | $ | 31,344 | $ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||||||||||
| Average beginning and ending share holders’ equity |
308,876 | 151,664 | 239,136 | 144,201 | 148,180 | 114,877 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Annualized return on equity(1) |
17.0 | % | 11.9 | % | 43.9 | % | 29.0 | % | 26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted net income (loss) (after tax)(2)(3) |
$ | 13,987 | $ | 4,499 | $ | 83,364 | $ | 31,263 | $ | 39,648 | $ | 37,814 | ||||||||||||
| Average shareholders’ equity |
308,876 | 151,664 | 239,136 | 144,201 | 148,180 | 114,877 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Annualized adjusted return on equity(2)(3) |
18.1 | % | 11.9 | % | 46.5 | % | 28.9 | % | 26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Annualized return on equity is net income divided by average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity, multiplied by four-thirds for the nine months ended. |
| (2) | Annualized adjusted return on equity is the adjusted net income (loss) (after tax) divided by the average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity, multiplied by four for the three months ended and four-thirds for the nine months ended. |
| (3) | We included the tax impact of all adjustments to adjusted net income using the US federal statutory corporate tax rate of 21%. While the Company’s actual effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were 8.2% and 22.2% respectively, the use of the statutory rate provides a consistent and simplified approach for comparability. This approach is applied uniformly, including to items that may be partially or fully nondeductible for tax purposes. |
Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a non-GAAP measure. We calculate the underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio by subtracting current year net catastrophe losses and prior year net reserve
| 68 |
Table of Contents
development from total net losses and LAE and dividing that amount by the sum of total net premiums earned plus policy fees. We use the underlying loss and LAE ratio to allow us to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. These two items can have a significant impact on our loss trends in a given period. We believe it is useful for investors to evaluate these components both separately and in the aggregate when reviewing our performance. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net loss and LAE ratio. The underlying loss and LAE ratio should not be considered a substitute for net loss and LAE ratio and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business.
We experienced unfavorable net prior year reserve development of $2.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and favorable net prior year reserve development $0.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. We experienced no catastrophe losses for the three months ended September, 30, 2025. For the three months ended September 30, 2024 we experienced $10.0 million of catastrophe losses related to losses retained on Hurricane Helene and Property Claims Services (“PCS”) coded storm activity.
The underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio increased to 49.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from 36.4% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, due to a greater share of our losses being ceded under our quota share reinsurance arrangement in periods with greater catastrophe losses as compared to periods with lower or no catastrophe losses, which had the effect of reducing underlying losses in the prior period, as well as the impact of modest rate decreases during 2025 and the onboarding of Citizens policies that have a slightly higher expected loss ratio.
We experienced unfavorable net prior year reserve development of $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and favorable net prior year development $6.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. We experienced no catastrophe losses for the nine months ended September, 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 we experienced $18.1 million of catastrophe losses related to PCS coded storm activity during the period primarily due to Hurricane Helene and a severe convective storm in May 2024.
The underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio decreased to 36.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from 37.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily due to the lack of catastrophe losses combined with the increase in net earned premium resulting from our participation in the Citizens take-out program and voluntary policy and premium growth.
We experienced favorable net prior year reserve development of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by the improving non-catastrophe loss environment. We experienced higher net catastrophe losses of $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 up from $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 driven largely by Hurricanes Milton and Helene that made landfall in 2024.
The underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio decreased to 32.6% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 36.1% for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to improvements in the non-catastrophe loss environment and lower claims litigation trends.
| 69 |
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes loss ratios and underlying loss and LAE ratios for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is shown in the table below:
| Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total Net Premiums Earned |
$ | 51,999 | $ | 40,464 | $ | 183,569 | $ | 120,266 | $ | 182,055 | $ | 180,262 | ||||||||||||
| Plus: Policy Fees |
2,805 | 1,928 | 7,976 | 5,656 | 7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees |
54,804 | 42,392 | 191,545 | 125,922 | 189,448 | 187,317 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net |
$ | 29,652 | $ | 25,017 | $ | 71,702 | $ | 58,024 | $ | 90,832 | $ | 86,749 | ||||||||||||
| Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio (% Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees) |
54.1 | % | 59.0 | % | 37.4 | % | 46.1 | % | 47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current Year Net Catastrophe Losses |
— | 10,012 | — | 18,107 | 32,192 | 21,753 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Prior Year Net Reserve Development |
$ | 2,312 | $ | (405 | ) | $ | 1,195 | $ | (6,762 | ) | $ | (3,187 | ) | $ | (2,595 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Underlying Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net |
27,340 | 15,410 | 70,507 | 46,679 | 61,827 | 67,591 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Underlying Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio (% Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees) |
49.9 | % | 36.4 | % | 36.8 | % | 37.1 | % | 32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||||||||
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a non-GAAP measure and, expressed as percentage, is defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We believe it is useful for investors to evaluate ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio as it provides a proxy for our cost of catastrophe reinsurance. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned. The ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio measure should not be considered a substitute for ceded premiums earned and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business.
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio increased 1.2 percentage points, to 48.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 from 46.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. This increase is primarily due to higher reinsurance costs recognized under the June 1, 2025 renewal and the timing of earned premiums.
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio decreased 2.6 percentage points, to 43.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from 46.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to a disproportionate increase in gross earned premium related to our recent participation in the Citizens take-out program and risk adjusted decreases in reinsurance pricing from the June 1, 2025 catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance renewal.
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio increased 3.7% to 44.9% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the increase in reinsurance costs with the strategic expansion from the Citizen’s take-out.
| 70 |
Table of Contents
The calculation of our ceded excess of loss premiums ratio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and 2024 and years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is shown in the table below:
| Three months ended September 30, |
Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Gross Premiums Earned |
$ | 221,949 | $ | 165,361 | $ | 655,844 | $ | 482,375 | $ | 682,216 | $ | 590,515 | ||||||||||||
| Total Ceded Premiums Earned |
(169,950 | ) | (124,897 | ) | (472,275 | ) | (362,109 | ) | (500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Less: NCQSR and other ancillary reinsurance treaties |
(63,447 | ) | (47,511 | ) | (184,390 | ) | (137,906 | ) | (194,022 | ) | (167,230 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Ceded Catastrophe Excess of Loss Premiums Earned |
$ | (106,503 | ) | $ | (77,386 | ) | $ | (287,885 | ) | $ | (224,203 | ) | $ | (306,139 | ) | $ | (243,023 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Ceded Catastrophe Excess of Loss Premiums Ratio |
48.0 | % | 46.8 | % | 43.9 | % | 46.5 | % | 44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is a measure of a company’s ability to generate cash flows sufficient to meet the short-term and long-term cash requirements of its business operations. Funds generated from operations have been sufficient to meet our current and long-term liquidity requirements.
The liquidity of the Company, comprised of cash, cash equivalents and our liquid fixed income portfolio, fluctuates from time to time. As of September 30, 2025, our liquidity totaled $541.3 million. A portion of that liquidity is not held at AIIC. The total cash and cash equivalents not held at the insurance subsidiary was $141.9 million as of September 30, 2025. Our liquidity framework is designed to support operational flexibility, ensuring we can fund claims obligations, capital expenditures, and growth initiatives without reliance on external financing. In the event of a large loss event, we may utilize proceeds from our investment portfolio as a source of liquidity to service claims.
On May 9, 2025, we consummated our IPO and received net proceeds of $82 million, after (i) deducting underwriting discounts and commissions totaling $7.0 million as well as $4.2 million of other expenses related to the offering, (ii) using approximately $3.8 million of the proceeds from the offering to satisfy the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and (iii) using $3.0 million of the proceeds of the offering to terminate the management services agreement by and between James Sowell Company, L.P. and AIIG.
We maintain a disciplined capital management approach, balancing organic growth investments with stockholder return considerations. Our capital resources include:
| • | Operating cash flow, which remains the primary source of funding for day-to-day operations and claim payments. |
| • | Reinsurance arrangements, which provide financial resilience against catastrophe loss events. |
| • | Potential strategic financing, including debt instruments or equity offerings, which may be considered to accelerate expansion opportunities. |
Future capital requirements will be driven by business growth, regulatory capital needs, and evolving market conditions. Our goal is to optimize capital efficiency while maintaining a strong financial foundation for long-term success.
The principal source of liquidity at the Company is from its subsidiaries, including fees paid by the insurance subsidiary, AIIC, and dividends paid by other subsidiaries generated from, among other things, income earned on policy fees and fees paid by AIIC to American Integrity MGA, LLC (“AIMGA”) for general agency, inspections, agent commissions, general operating expenses and claims adjusting services.
| 71 |
Table of Contents
Future capital allocation decisions, including dividend distributions and share repurchases, will be determined by our Board of Directors based on profitability trends, regulatory considerations, and long-term stockholder value objectives.
As discussed in Note 9 – “Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” in the notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, there are limitations on the dividends a subsidiary may pay to its immediate parent company.
The maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation is subject to restrictions as referenced below and in Note 9 – “Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” in the notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Dividends from AIIC can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIIC to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. As of September 30, 2025, AIIC has not declared dividends.
Liquidity for AIIC is primarily required to cover payments for reinsurance premiums, claims payments including potential payments of catastrophe losses (offset by recovery of any reimbursement amounts under our reinsurance agreements), fees paid to affiliates for managing general agency services, claims adjusting services, premium and income taxes, regulatory assessments, general operating expenses, and interest and principal payments on debt obligations. Principal sources of liquidity for AIIC consist of the revenue generated from the collection of written premiums and the collection of reinsurance recoverable.
Principal sources of liquidity for the Company include fees paid by our insurance subsidiary, AIIC, and dividends paid by other subsidiaries generated from, among other things, income earned on policy fees and fees paid by AIIC to AIMGA for general agency, inspections, agent commissions, general operating expenses and claims adjusting services.
Cash flows
Our most significant source of cash is from premiums received from our policyholders, which, for most policies, we receive at the beginning of the coverage period, although some policyholders elect to pay in installments over the duration of the policy. Our most significant cash outflow is for the cost of our reinsurance agreements in the form of ceded premiums and for claims that arise when a policyholder incurs an insured loss. Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, sometimes years later, we invest the cash in various investment securities that earn interest and dividends. We also use cash to pay commissions to distribution partners, as well as to pay for ongoing operating expenses such as salaries, professional services and taxes. As described under “Reinsurance” below, we use reinsurance to manage the risk that we take on our policies. We cede, or pay out, part of the premiums we receive to our reinsurers and collect cash back when losses subject to our reinsurance coverage are paid.
The timing of our cash flows from operating activities can vary among periods due to the timing by which payments are made or received. Some of our payments and receipts, including loss settlements and subsequent reinsurance receipts, can be significant, so their timing can influence cash flows from operating activities in any given period. Management believes that cash receipts from premiums, proceeds from investment sales and redemptions and investment income are sufficient to cover cash outflows for the foreseeable future.
| 72 |
Table of Contents
Our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were:
| Nine months ended September 30, |
Year ended December 31 |
|||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in): Operating activities |
$ | 88,003 | $ | (3,792) | $ | 148,909 | $ | 64,438 | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in): |
(144,788 | ) | 23,514 | (19,369 | ) | 1,851 | ||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in): |
61,837 | (12,333 | ) | (12,436 | ) | (2,352 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 5,052 | $ | 7,389 | $ | 117,104 | $ | 60,245 | ||||||||
Cash provided by operating activities was $88.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to $(3.8) million used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in cash provided by operating activities resulted from our strategic expansion through our Citizen’s take-out program.
Cash used in investing activities was $(144.8) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to $23.5 million provided by investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the purchases of fixed income securities in excess of proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities during the period.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $61.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to $(12.3) million used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to proceeds from the Company’s IPO, slightly offset by an increase in the distribution made to members to pay federal income tax prior to the IPO and a discretionary distribution that was paid out to members prior to the IPO.
Cash provided by operating activities was $148.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in cash provided by operating activities resulted from our strategic expansion through our Citizen’s take-out program.
Net cash used in investing activities was ($19.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $1.9 million provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the Company purchasing fixed maturity securities with the excess cash provided by operating activities.
Net cash used in financing activities was ($12.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to ($2.4) million provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase in the distribution made to members to pay federal income tax and a discretionary distribution that was paid out to members. There was no capital raising activity for the year ended December 31, 2024.
| 73 |
Table of Contents
Capitalization
Capital resources provide protection for policyholders, furnish the financial strength to support the business of underwriting insurance risks and facilitate continued business growth. The following table provides our shareholders’ equity, total long-term debt, total capital resources, debt-to-total capital ratio and debt-to-equity ratio as of September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
| ($ in thousands) | September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||
| Shareholders’ equity |
$ | 315,880 | $ | 162,392 | $ | 133,966 | ||||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 721 | $ | 1,029 | 1,441 | |||||||
| Total capital resources |
$ | 316,601 | $ | 163,421 | 135,407 | |||||||
| Debt-to-total capital ratio |
0.2 | % | 0.6 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||
| Debt-to-equity ratio |
0.2 | % | 0.6 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||
The debt-to-total capital ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by total capital resources, whereas the debt-to-equity ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by shareholders’ equity. These ratios help management measure the amount of financing leverage in place in relation to equity and future leverage capacity.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in interest rates, duration, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. The primary components of market risk affecting us are interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We do not have significant exposure to equity risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.
As of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, our investment portfolios contained fixed-maturity securities. These securities are not intended for trading or speculative purposes. Our primary aim is to maximize after-tax investment income while ensuring sufficient liquidity to fulfill policyholder obligations. Additionally, we strive to minimize market risk, which encompasses potential economic losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in securities’ prices.
In developing our investment strategies, we consider various factors such as credit ratings, investment concentrations, regulatory requirements, expected interest rate fluctuations, durations, and prevailing market conditions. Our investment portfolio is managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, overseen by an investment committee appointed by our Board of Directors.
Our investment portfolios are predominantly exposed to interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We classify these fixed-maturity securities as available-for-sale. Any unrealized gains or losses, adjusted for deferred income taxes, are reported as part of other comprehensive income within our shareholders’ equity. Consequently, significant temporary changes in their fair value could potentially affect the carrying value of our shareholders’ equity.
The effective weighted average duration of the portfolio as of was 2.19 years and 0.68 years at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 0.95 years at December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, the estimated weighted-average credit quality rating of the fixed maturity securities portfolio was A+, at fair value, which was consistent with the average rating for the year-ended December 31, 2024. We have not experienced a material impact when compared to the tabular presentations of our interest rate and market risk sensitive instruments in our prospectus, dated May 7, 2025 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on May 8, 2025 for the year ended December 31, 2024.
| 74 |
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Estimates
In order to align with GAAP, preparing financial statements requires us to forecast future events through estimates and assumptions. These projections, along with their underlying assumptions, significantly impact the reported values of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of potential assets and liabilities, and the recorded figures for revenues and expenses. Among the accounting estimates, the accounting estimates discussed below are those that demand judgment, where different decisions could lead to substantial alterations in the reported outcomes. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see our notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Our current critical accounting estimates are:
Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
We set aside reserves, net of estimated subrogation, to provide for the estimated costs of paying losses and LAE under insurance policies we issued. Liability for unpaid losses and LAE represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling all outstanding claims, including claims that have been incurred, but not yet reported (“IBNR”) as of a financial statement date. With the assistance of an independent, actuarial firm, we use statistical analysis to establish liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE. We do not discount the liability for unpaid losses and LAE for financial statement purposes. In establishing the liability for unpaid losses and LAE, actuarial judgment is relied upon in order to make appropriate assumptions to estimate a best estimate of ultimate losses. Those estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and estimates of trends that may affect the ultimate frequency of incurred but not reported claims and changes in ultimate claims severity.
We regularly review our reserve estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in current operations. During the loss settlement period, if we have indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds our initial expectations, we generally increase our reserves for losses and LAE. Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we generally reduce our reserves for losses and LAE once we have sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related LAE may vary significantly from the estimate included in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
Reserving for reported claims relies on a detailed assessment of individual risks, understanding the specifics of each claim, and considering the insurance policy terms related to the particular type of loss. Reserving for unreported claims and LAE involves utilizing historical data per line of insurance adjusted to present circumstances. Typically, the reserving process implicitly considers inflation by analyzing costs, trends, and reviewing historical reserving outcomes across several years.
The process of estimating the reserves for losses and LAE requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to several variables. Reserve estimates for our ultimate liability are derived using several different actuarial estimation methods, depending on the type of loss:
| • | Loss development method: The loss development method uses actual loss data and the historical development profiles on older underwriting years to project more recent, less developed years to their ultimate position. |
| • | Frequency/severity methods: These methods are similar to the paid and case incurred loss development methods except that estimates of ultimate claim counts (a measure of claim frequency) and ultimate average severity are derived separately and then multiplied together to provide an estimate of ultimate loss. |
| • | Incremental cost per closed claim method: This method is similar to the frequency/severity method except that paid severities are selected for each incremental development period, and then are trending using selected short-term and long-term trend factors. |
| 75 |
Table of Contents
| • | Bornhuetter-Ferguson method: The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method uses as a starting point an assumed initial expected loss ratio and blends in the loss ratio, which is implied by the claims experience to date using benchmark loss development patterns on paid claims data or reported claims data. |
| • | IBNR-to-case outstanding method: This method requires the estimation of consistent paid and reported (case) incurred loss development patterns and age-to-ultimate factors. These patterns imply a specific expected relationship between IBNR, including both development or known claims (bulk reserve) and losses on a true late reported claims, and reported case incurred losses. |
| • | DCC development methods: When DCC data is evaluated separately from losses, historical paid and case incurred DCC data may be arranged in a triangular format and projected to ultimate using the same technique as used for losses (i.e., loss development methods). In addition, projections using triangles of ratios of paid DCC-to-paid loss and ratios of paid DCC-to-case incurred losses can be made; those triangles can be constructed using ratios of incremental (e.g. annual) amounts, or ratios of cumulative amounts. Indications that result from projecting these ratios must be multiplied by the ultimate loss selections to arrive at ultimate DCC indications. Similarly, triangles of ratios of paid DCC-to-closed or reported claim counts can be used. The results from projecting these ratios will require multiplication by ultimate claim count selections to arrive at ultimate DCC indications. |
Each actuarial methodology requires the selection and application of various parameters and assumptions. The key parameters and assumptions include:
| • | Loss development factors – These factors are key assumptions in the loss development methods which assume recent accident years will follow the development patterns of prior accident years. |
| • | Initial expected loss ratio selections – The initial expected loss ratio selection is the key assumption in the Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods. The selection was made based on average of development methods loss ratios and selected loss ratio trend. |
| • | Claim count decay ratios – The decay ratio is the key assumption in the projection of ultimate claim counts for catastrophe and non-catastrophe storms. |
| • | Short-term and long-term projected severity trends – These severity trends are the key assumption in projecting severities for accident years in their future development periods. |
Our reserves are driven by several important factors, including litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social and economic patterns and claims inflation assumptions. Our reserve estimates reflect current inflation in legal claims’ settlements and assume we will not be subject to losses from significant new legal liability theories. Our reserve estimates assume that there will not be significant changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. The impact of potential changes in the regulatory or legislative environment is difficult to quantify in the absence of specific, significant new regulation or legislation. In the event of significant new regulation or legislation, we will attempt to quantify its impact on our business, but no assurance can be given that our attempt to quantify such inputs will be accurate or successful.
Our financial status, reported outcomes, and liquidity are susceptible to shifts in critical assumptions determining our loss reserves. While we do not anticipate changes in claim frequency to significantly impact our reserves, fluctuations in the severity of claims could influence these reserves.
These amounts fell within the range of total reserves provided by our independent actuary. As of September 30, 2025, we recorded $13.1 million in case reserves and an additional $350.4 million for IBNR reserves, totaling $363.4 million in reserves, with an added $371.9 million attributable to reinsurance claims payable.
For further detail, see Note 7 – “Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” in our notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
| 76 |
Table of Contents
Reinsurance
We follow industry standards by reinsuring a portion of our risks. Reinsurance involves transferring, or “ceding,” a share of the risk exposure from the policies we write to another insurer, known as a reinsurer. If our reinsurers are unable to fulfill their obligations under our reinsurance agreements, we remain accountable for the entire insured loss.
In cases where losses fall within our reinsurance coverage, we document recoverable amounts from our reinsurers for paid losses and an estimation of recoverable amounts on unpaid losses. The reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses are estimated in a manner consistent with the Company’s estimate of unpaid losses and LAE associated with the insured business, thus fluctuating with changes to our estimates of unpaid losses. The estimation of recoverable amounts from reinsurers on unpaid losses may change in the future, and if there is a change it could adversely affect the amounts stated in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
We estimate uncollectible amounts receivable from reinsurers based on an assessment of factors including the creditworthiness of the reinsurers and the adequacy of collateral obtained, where applicable.
Ceding Commission
A sliding scale ceding commission is a type of contingent fee paid in connection with a reinsurance treaty and is based on the loss experience of the underlying insurance contract. At inception, the commission is estimated, and adjustments are subsequently made as more information becomes available regarding actual loss experience.
In connection with quota share reinsurance arrangements for non-catastrophe losses, the Company receives ceding commissions from the reinsurers to reimburse its direct and indirect acquisitions cost as well as other expenses.
The amount of ceding commissions ultimately received by the Company are contingent upon the amount of premium written and earned and the commission rate is adjusted on a sliding scale based upon loss ratios of the ceded premium. Accordingly, the Company develops estimates of ceding commissions based on an evaluation of historical experience and available information, with subsequent adjustment for true-ups recorded prospectively.
Investments
The Company currently classifies all of its investments in debt securities and short-term investments as available-for-sale and reports them at fair value. Short-term investments consist of investments in interest-bearing assets with original maturities of 12 months or less. The Company records subsequent changes in value through the date of disposition as unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, and includes them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until reclassified to earnings upon sale. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are determined using the specific-identification method and included in earnings. The Company amortizes any premium or discount on fixed maturities over the remaining maturity period of the related securities using the effective interest method and reports the amortization in net investment income. The Company recognizes dividends and interest income when earned. We have a financial stability rating of “A” (Exceptional) from Demotech, an independent financial firm specializing in evaluating the financial stability of regional and specialty insurers, and whose rating is accepted by major mortgage companies. We do not have a rating from A.M. Best.
Fair Value
In our disclosure of the fair value of our investments, we utilize a hierarchy based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3
| 77 |
Table of Contents
measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
| • | Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; |
| • | Level 2 – Valuations based on observable inputs that do not meet the criteria for Level 1, including quoted prices in inactive markets and quoted prices in active markets for similar, but not identical instruments; and |
| • | Level 3 – Valuations based on unobservable inputs, which are based upon the best available information when external market data is limited or unavailable. |
We estimate the fair value of our investments using the closing prices on the last business day of the reporting period, obtained from active markets using independent pricing source. For securities for which quoted prices in active markets are unavailable, we use observable inputs such as quoted prices in inactive markets, quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments, benchmark interest rates, broker quotes and other relevant inputs. Our estimates of fair value reflect the interest rate environment that existed as of the close of business on September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Changes in interest rates subsequent to September 30, 2025 may affect the fair value of our investments.
Investment securities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in issuer-specific circumstances, such as credit rating, and changes in industry-specific circumstances, such as movements in credit spreads based on the market’s perception of industry risks. In addition, fixed maturities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in interest rates as a result of governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. A rise in interest rates would decrease the net unrealized holding gains of our investment portfolio, offset by our ability to earn higher rates of return on funds reinvested. Conversely, a decline in interest rates would increase the net unrealized holding gains of our investment portfolio, offset by lower rates of return on funds reinvested. Unrealized gains and losses on our fixed maturity securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of total shareholders’ equity.
Impairment
Quarterly, the Company performs an assessment of all investments to determine if any are impaired as the result of a credit loss. An investment is impaired when the fair value of the investment declines to an amount less than the cost or amortized cost of that investment. For each fixed-income security in an unrealized loss position, if the intent is to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering the cost or amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity needs, contractual or regulatory requirements, the security’s entire decline in fair value is recorded in earnings. If the intent is not to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the Company will evaluate whether any impairment is attributable to credit-related factors. Such evaluation includes consideration of factors such as:
| • | Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payment; |
| • | Downgrades in the security’s credit rating since acquisition by three or more notches; |
| • | Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area; |
| • | Changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security; and |
| • | The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. |
Upon determination of a credit-related impairment, an allowance for credit losses will be recognized and is measured as the amount by which the security’s amortized cost basis exceeds the entity’s best estimate of the
| 78 |
Table of Contents
present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The allowance is limited to the difference between the amortized cost basis and the security’s fair value. Subsequent recovery of any previously recorded impairment will be recognized through reversal of the allowance for credit losses.
Deferred income taxes
We account for taxes under the asset and liability method, under which we record deferred income taxes as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet to reflect the net tax effect of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. Should a change in tax rates occur, we recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Realization of our deferred income tax assets depends upon our generation of sufficient future taxable income.
We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will depend on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect. The Company is subject to payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes as a corporation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
We currently qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Accordingly, we are provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (i) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (ii) within the same time periods as private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of our IPO; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.
See Note 2 – “Significant Accounting Policies” in our notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in interest rates, duration, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. The primary components of market risk affecting us are interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We do not have significant exposure to equity risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.
As of September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, our investment portfolios contained fixed-maturity securities. These securities are not intended for trading or speculative purposes. Our primary aim is to maximize
| 79 |
Table of Contents
after-tax investment income while ensuring sufficient liquidity to fulfill policyholder obligations. Additionally, we strive to minimize market risk, which encompasses potential economic losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in securities’ prices.
In developing our investment strategies, we consider various factors such as credit ratings, investment concentrations, regulatory requirements, expected interest rate fluctuations, durations, and prevailing market conditions. Our investment portfolio is managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, overseen by an investment committee appointed by our Board of Directors.
Our investment portfolios are predominantly exposed to interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We classify these fixed-maturity securities as available-for-sale. Any unrealized gains or losses, adjusted for deferred income taxes, are reported as part of other comprehensive income within our shareholders’ equity. Consequently, significant temporary changes in their fair value could potentially affect the carrying value of our shareholders’ equity.
The effective weighted average duration of the portfolio as of was 2.19 years and 0.68 years at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 0.95 years at December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, the estimated weighted-average credit quality rating of the fixed maturity securities portfolio was A+, at fair value, which was consistent with the average rating for the year-ended December 31, 2024. We have not experienced a material impact when compared to the tabular presentations of our interest rate and market risk sensitive instruments in our prospectus, dated May 7, 2025 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on May 8, 2025 for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities decreases. Conversely, as interest rates fall, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities increases. Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. Credit risk can expose us to potential losses arising principally from adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuers of our fixed maturity securities. We mitigate the risk by primarily investing in fixed-maturity securities that are rated “BBB” (S&P) or higher and diversifying our investment portfolio to avoid concentrations in any single issuer or business sector.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. We have exposure to credit risk as a holder of fixed maturity investments. Credit risk can expose us to potential losses arising principally from adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuers of our fixed maturity securities. We mitigate the risk by primarily investing in fixed-maturity securities that are rated “BBB” (S&P) or higher and diversifying our investment portfolio to avoid concentrations in any single issuer or business sector. Pursuant to our investment policy, only $1.0 million may be invested in below investment grade bonds.
| 80 |
Table of Contents
INDUSTRY
P&C Industry
The P&C insurance industry provides protection for losses as specified by an insurance policy in exchange for premiums paid by the insured. An insurance policy is a contract between an insurance company and an insured under which the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured, or a third-party claimant, that are covered under the contract. The P&C industry encompasses both property insurance, which protects against risks to property such as fire, theft, or other physical damages and are generally “short-tailed” because losses are usually known, reported and paid within a relatively short amount of time after the loss has occurred, and liability insurance, which covers liability for injuries, negligent acts or omissions and are generally “medium to long-tailed” because there can be a significant delay between the occurrence of loss and the time it is settled by the insurer. We focus on property insurance coverage, primarily for single-family homeowners and condominium owners in the state of Florida. As a result, the overwhelming majority of our liabilities for losses and LAE are considered to be “short-tailed” in nature.
The U.S. P&C insurance industry, the largest P&C market in the world, generated approximately $1,057 billion in direct premiums written in 2024, according to S&P Global. The P&C insurance industry’s direct premiums written are closely correlated to gross domestic product (“GDP”) with the P&C industry generally growing in line with GDP growth.
Total United States Direct Premiums Written ($B)
Source: S&P Global Market Insurance
In the United States, P&C insurance products are written in admitted and non-admitted markets. In the admitted market, insurance rates and forms are generally approved by state regulators and coverages tend to be standardized. Carriers are subject to assessments by state insurance departments and are backed by individual state guaranty funds, up to a limit set by the state. The non-admitted market, also known as the excess and surplus or surplus lines market, focuses on harder-to-place risks that most admitted insurers do not underwrite. Admitted products are often easier for agents and brokers to sell, as they are generally only permitted to place business with non-admitted insurers once coverage has been denied from a specified number of admitted carriers. However, non-admitted carriers can offer more flexible with rates and forms, as they are neither subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight as admitted carriers nor backed by state guaranty funds. AIIC is currently only licensed to write business in the admitted market, and all of our insurance coverages are written on an admitted basis. We currently do not have any plans to expand into the excess and surplus lines market.
| 81 |
Table of Contents
Florida Homeowners Insurance Market
According to S&P Global, the Florida P&C industry grew 2.2 percentage points faster than the U.S. P&C industry from 2014 to 2024:
Total Florida Direct Premiums Written ($B)
Source: S&P Global Market Insurance
Florida is the second largest homeowners insurance market in the United States, accounting for 10.7% of total United States homeowners direct premiums written as of December 31, 2024, as reported by S&P Global. The Florida homeowners insurance market totaled $18.5 billion of direct premiums written in 2024, up from $10.1 billion in 2019, representing a five-year compound annual growth rate of 12.9%. As of September 30, 2025, approximately 97.1% of our in-force premium covered Florida-based properties.
Florida Homeowners Multi-Peril Direct Premiums Written Growth ($B)
Source: S&P Global – Homeowners Multi-Peril
| 82 |
Table of Contents
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the United States from 2023 to 2024. Projections indicate that by 2050, the population is currently expected to grow to approximately 28 million, marking a 20% increase from 2024. We believe this current and expected substantial growth underscores the state’s dynamic expansion and the pivotal role of property ownership and development in its economy.
The migration to Florida continues to surge, driven by factors such as the state’s favorable income tax policies, business-friendly environment, and appealing climate. This influx has led to a heightened demand for single-family and multi-family housing developments, subsequently increasing the need for homeowners and condominium insurance.
AIIC ranks as the seventh largest personal residential carrier in Florida, holding a market share of approximately 5.0% based on policies in-force for personal residential insurance as of September 30, 2025 (fourth excluding Citizens and national carriers) and wrote the fifth most residential policies in Florida (second excluding Citizens and national carriers) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 according to data compiled by the FLOIR. We believe that with access to additional capital and continued reinsurance support, AIIC will be well-positioned to further penetrate its footprint in Florida’s personal residential insurance market, aligning with the state’s ongoing growth and evolving housing landscape.
| Rank |
Group Name |
Personal Residential |
% of Total |
Rank |
Group Name |
Personal Residential |
% of Total |
|||||||||||||||||
| 1 | Citizens | 760,435 | 10 | % | 1 | Citizens | $ | 2,093 | 10 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 2 | State Farm | 634,182 | 8 | % | 2 | Universal P&C | $ | 1,586 | 8 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 3 | Universal P&C | 561,544 | 7 | % | 3 | Florida Pen | $ | 1,554 | 7 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 4 | Assurant | 394,617 | 5 | % | 4 | Slide | $ | 1,371 | 7 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 5 | Tower Hill | 388,362 | 5 | % | 5 | State Farm | $ | 1,269 | 6 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 6 | Florida Pen |
382,319 | 5 | % | 6 | Tower Hill | $ | 1,180 | 6 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 7 | American Integrity |
379,879 | 5 | % | 7 | Homeowners Choice | $ | 1,045 | 5 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 8 | Slide | 345,770 | 5 | % | 8 | USAA | $ | 957 | 5 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 9 | USAA | 339,240 | 5 | % | 9 | Frontline | $ | 938 | 4 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 10 | Frontline | 281,926 | 4 | % | 10 | American Integrity | $ | 865 | 4 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 11 | Progressive | 222,498 | 3 | % | 11 | Assurant | $ | 524 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 12 | Allstate | 220,820 | 3 | % | 12 | Monarch | $ | 515 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 13 | Homeowners Choice | 214,958 | 3 | % | 13 | Kin |
$ | 465 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 14 | Kin | 158,691 | 2 | % | 14 | Security First |
$ | 461 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 15 | Cabrillo Coastal |
146,882 | 2 | % | 15 | Safepoint |
$ | 460 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 16 | Security First |
146,433 | 2 | % | 16 | Olympus |
$ | 452 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 17 | Southern Oak |
145,328 | 2 | % | 17 | Southern Oak | $ | 412 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 18 | Safepoint |
138,903 | 2 | % | 18 | Allstate |
$ | 411 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 19 | Monarch | 138,244 | 2 | % | 19 | Heritage | $ | 406 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 20 | American Traditions | 129,348 | 2 | % | 20 | Chubb | $ | 396 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 21 | American Modern Home | 127,597 | 2 | % | 21 | Progressive | $ | 380 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 22 | Heritage | 111,834 | 2 | % | 22 | Cabrillo Coastal | $ | 342 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 23 | Am Fam | 107,831 | 1 | % | 23 | People’s Trust | $ | 287 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 24 | AAA | 86,635 | 1 | % | 24 | AAA | $ | 250 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||
| 25 | People’s Trust | 84,505 | 1 | % | 25 | American Traditions |
$ | 223 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||
Florida consistently ranks among the states with the highest average annual premiums for homeowners insurance. Florida homeowners pay annual premiums that are more than double the national average for
| 83 |
Table of Contents
insurance coverage. These higher premiums are due to a number of factors, including the state’s hurricane-prone geographic location, litigation crisis (discussed below) and the accumulation of attritional losses in older structures over time. This is compounded by inflation increasing the cost of claims and the rising costs of catastrophe reinsurance coverage. These factors trickle down to consumers in the form of higher premiums.
Florida’s homeowners insurance market is unique, characterized by regional disparities in premium costs. The statewide average, as reported by the FLOIR, stands at $3,731 as of January 2025. However, this figure is significantly influenced by the high premiums in South Florida’s Tri-County region (Miami-Dade, Broward, and Palm Beach counties), where the average premium reaches $6,316, and Monroe County. In comparison, the average premium for the rest of Florida, excluding these four counties, is $3,153. Our average premium is $2,458, which is significantly lower than both the statewide and regional averages. Our disciplined approach underscores our commitment to serving our customers with cost-effective and reliable coverage. Nationally, the most recent NAIC data indicates a U.S. average premium of $1,411 (2021), which is significantly below that of Florida.
Source: FLOIR Quarterly and Supplemental Reporting System Market Share Report, NAIC
Because of its location, Florida is exposed to an increased risk of hurricanes, particularly during the Atlantic hurricane season, which spans from June 1 through November 30. Florida has a long history of hurricane activity, including landfalls of major hurricanes (Category 3 or greater) each year and seasons with high levels of activity. In recent years, major Hurricanes Ian (Category 4, 2022), Helene (Category 4, 2024) and Milton (Category 3, 2024) have made landfall in Florida. The 18 major storms or hurricanes to hit Florida since 2021 caused a combined estimated property damage of between $100 billion and $200 billion, excluding damage caused by Hurricanes Helene and Milton in 2024. The possibility of a similar sequence of catastrophe events makes personal residential insurance and claims servicing vitally important to Florida residents.
The Florida personal residential insurance market is complex, highly fragmented and dominated by specialized Florida-focused insurance companies. The Florida personal residential insurance market has a history of dislocation following large storms. For example, Hurricane Andrew in 1992 was responsible for the failure of a number of insurers and caused many national and regional insurers to stop writing or renewing policies in the state. As a result, many homeowners were unable to renew or purchase insurance, and in response, the state established the Florida Residential Property and Casualty Joint Underwriting Association and the Florida Windstorm Underwriting Association as the insurers of last resort, which in 2002 merged to create Citizens. The market share of Citizens generally fluctuates based on market conditions and weather-related claims activity in
| 84 |
Table of Contents
the state of Florida, with periods of elevated catastrophe activity and challenging litigation environments resulting in Citizens increasing its market share (and private insurance carriers reducing their market share) and periods of low catastrophe activity and a stable litigation environment resulting in Citizens’ market share declining (and private insurance carriers’ market share increasing).
Citizens Policies In-force
Source: Citizens Property Insurance Corporation data as of September 30, 2025
Until recently, Citizens had the highest number of policies in-force for several years of any homeowners insurance carrier in the state of Florida. Citizens is mandated by the Florida legislature to help its policyholders find coverage in the private market to reduce the number of properties insured by Citizens and avoid it from becoming a systematic risk to the Florida insurance market. From time to time, Citizens will contact private market insurers in Florida to solicit interest in assuming policies from Citizens. These “depopulations” or “take-outs” are entirely voluntary for these insurers, who identify which policies they would like to assume based on a number of characteristics including price, geography and the underlying structure. If an insurance company identifies a policy for take-out, it will offer a new premium to charge the policyholder. Generally, policyholders can choose to opt-out unless the renewal premium offered is within 20% of what Citizens currently charges, in which case the take-out is required to be accepted by the insured. Premiums in the private market are typically higher than premiums charged by Citizens, as the private market is keenly focused on generating an underwriting profit and many have stockholders that are expecting an adequate return on their capital.
Prior to Hurricane Andrew, many insurers struggled with securing adequate reinsurance protection. In response, the state formed the FHCF to provide reinsurance for catastrophe losses in Florida, and insurance companies began to embrace advanced catastrophe modeling.
Following Hurricane Andrew in 1992, the state experienced a long period of benign hurricane activity until 2004 and 2005 when some of the largest loss storms in history impacted the state and the Florida insurance market. Following these historic storms, many national carriers significantly reduced their exposure in the state.
As national insurance companies reduced their exposure in Florida, Citizens intensified its endeavors to offer accessible personal residential insurance to those unable to secure coverage from the private market. As Citizens expanded its presence in Florida and incumbent carriers pulled back, new insurers like us entered the market to
| 85 |
Table of Contents
offer additional coverage options to Florida homeowners. Citizens decreased its market share in Florida from a peak of 19.9% in 2011 to 4.9% in 2016, according to S&P Global, driven largely by their depopulation efforts, following another prolonged period with less major hurricane activity in Florida.
Following 2016, the Florida personal residential insurance market experienced a renewed period of dislocation with a number of Florida carriers suffering regulatory receivership following a property insurance litigation crisis, as discussed further below. At the peak of the litigation crisis, Florida was responsible for 79.9% of all homeowners insurance related lawsuits in the United States, based on data from the FLOIR. As a result, Citizen’s market share, as measured by direct premiums written, increased from 4.9% in 2016 to 18.6% by 2023, according to S&P Global.
This litigation crisis was driven by certain legal rulings between 2016 and 2018 that significantly increased costs for insurers, with two particular rulings fundamentally altering the legal landscape:
| • | Sebo v. American Home Assurance Co. (2016): This ruling replaced the long-established “efficient proximate cause” doctrine with a “concurrent causation” theory. Under this new approach, insurers were required to prove which portion of damage was caused by an excluded peril in cases involving multiple causes, such as wind and wear and tear. Without explicit anti-concurrent causation clauses, this change increased insurers’ exposure to losses and made it more difficult to deny claims involving excluded perils, resulting in a sharp rise in litigation as policyholders and their attorneys leveraged these new rules to maximize recoveries. |
| • | Joyce v. Federated National Insurance Co. (2017): This ruling lowered the burden for plaintiff attorneys to receive fee multiplier awards, allowing contingency fees to significantly exceed the cost of actual repairs. We believe this created a financial incentive for litigation over settlement and left insurers with little recourse, as defense attorneys could not recover fees when claims were unsuccessful. We believe these changes fostered an environment rife with inflated, questionable, and fraudulent claims, further destabilizing the market. |
In December 2022, the Florida legislature passed comprehensive reforms to address the root causes of this litigation crisis. Key measures included:
| • | Eliminating the statutory one-way right to attorneys’ fees for policyholders, removing a key driver of the increased litigation; |
| • | Prohibiting the AOB to third parties under residential property insurance policies; |
| • | Tightening bad faith standards, requiring clearer evidence to substantiate claims including a finding that the insurer breached the insurance contract before a policyholder can file a lawsuit for the failure to settle a property insurance claim; |
| • | Reducing the claims reporting deadline from two years to one year; |
| • | Restricting fee multipliers to only “rare and exceptional” cases; and |
| • | Enhancing the offer of judgment statute to promote faster dispute resolution. |
We believe these reforms have had a measurable and immediate impact on the Florida insurance market. According to the FLOIR, lawsuit filings fell 23% in one year, from 65,792 in 2023 to 50,628 in 2024. Furthermore, lawsuit filings declined 38% from a peak of 82,315 in 2021 to 50,628 in 2024. This represents a meaningful decline and a level below what was seen in 2018, when lawsuits spiked to 60,875 due to the litigation crisis. We believe this reduction demonstrates how reforms have successfully curtailed the litigation crisis. Additionally, as evidence of insurers gaining confidence in the positive impact of the reforms and post-reform market conditions, 30 homeowners insurance carriers have filed for a rate decrease and 45 carriers have requested no change or a 0% increase since January 2024. In the wake of reforms, insurers have also reported
| 86 |
Table of Contents
fewer fraudulent claims and lower attritional losses, enabling more consistent and sustainable pricing for both carriers and homeowners in the Florida market.
Source: FLOIR Legal Service of Process Filings Data
We believe Florida’s property insurance market is moving toward greater stability and affordability due to these targeted reforms. By addressing the root causes of the litigation crisis and implementing more sustainable practices, we believe these legislative changes have improved the availability and affordability of coverage for homeowners across the state.
| 87 |
Table of Contents
BUSINESS
Who We Are
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, AIIC, we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. Florida represented 94.5% of our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 and 97.1% of our in-force premium as of September 30, 2025. We are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on policies in-force (fourth excluding Citizens and national carriers) as of September 30, 2025 and wrote the fifth most residential policies in Florida (second excluding Citizens and national carriers) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 according to data compiled by the FLOIR, making us a leading specialty residential property insurer in the state.
We have been a stable, disciplined provider of residential insurance coverage in Florida for more than 19 years. Our management team founded our company in 2006 to capitalize on dislocation in the Florida residential property insurance market following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons, in which a number of severe hurricanes resulted in record insured property losses and caused a number of national insurance companies to retreat from writing residential property insurance in the state. As of September 30, 2025, our policies in-force were 406,094, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, our gross premiums written were $738.2 million.
|
| |||
Florida has a large and growing population with a growing residential property insurance market. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the United States from 2023 to 2024. Population growth supports growth in the property insurance market, which creates opportunity for insurance carriers with the specialized expertise to profitably underwrite property insurance in the Florida market. Florida is a complex property insurance market with a distinct regulatory environment and risk profile due to its geographic location, population centers concentrated along the coast, and elevated threat of property damage from catastrophic weather events including hurricanes, requiring a tailored approach to providing insurance coverage. We believe that consistently delivering underwriting profits in this market requires a high level of focus and specialization. This includes localized knowledge, market-specific expertise, granular and analytical underwriting and claims management, extensive
| 88 |
Table of Contents
historical data, effective use of technology, and a deep understanding of Florida’s regulatory environment – all of which we believe we have developed over our 19-year history writing residential property insurance in Florida. We believe this expertise is transferable and repeatable in other Southeastern coastal states, including South Carolina and Georgia, and we expect to begin writing policies in North Carolina in the fourth quarter of 2025 following regulatory approval. Through active monitoring of local market conditions and prudent risk selection and capital allocation, we seek to be a stable and reliable insurance market for our policyholders and distribution partners, and to consistently deliver best-in-class profitability and value creation for our stockholders.
As of September 30, 2025, we had 406,094 policies in-force. For the year ended December 31, 2024 we produced gross premiums written of $767.7 million, net premiums written of $194.4 million, net income of $39.7 million, and adjusted net income of $39.6 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we produced gross premiums written of $738.2 million, net premiums written of $74.2 million, net income of $78.8 million, and adjusted net income of $83.4 million. At September 30, 2025, we had total shareholders’ equity of $315.9 million compared to $162.4 million at December 31, 2024. For a reconciliation of underwriting income and adjusted net income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Our history of profitability and prudent exposure management is matched by our commitment to innovation. We have built a technology-forward platform that we believe augments the expertise of our underwriting and claims teams, enhances our access to risk and claims data, accelerates and improves our underwriting and claims decision making, and improves our distribution partner and policyholder interface. Our use of advanced technology solutions covers the insurance process end-to-end, from risk selection and underwriting to streamlined quoting, policy management and claims handling. Our technology and data capture are critical to our ability to monitor our underwriting results at a granular level, timely modify our underwriting criteria and pricing to respond to changing market conditions, and effectively navigate Florida’s historically volatile property insurance market cycles.
We believe the current Florida residential property insurance market presents substantial attractive opportunities for carriers with specialized underwriting and claims expertise, established distribution relationships, advanced technology, and entrepreneurial leadership. Despite historical market-related disruptions and challenges caused by increasing hurricane catastrophe activity and other severe weather events, a general tort environment related to property insurance that led to increased litigation, and reduced insurance capacity as a result of multiple large national insurance carrier exits, we believe the legislative reforms in Florida enacted in late 2022, in addition to AOB reform, which began in 2019, are proving effective at combating historically rampant property insurance legal system abuse and claims fraud, paving the way for a more stable and resilient property insurance market and greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
Our Business
We seek to leverage our experience, proprietary technology, underwriting expertise and robust claims management capabilities to provide a stable and reliable residential property insurance market for our distribution partners and policyholders and offer competitive residential property insurance coverages that are appropriately priced for the risk we are taking. All of our insurance policies are written on an admitted basis, meaning our rates and policy forms have been approved by the insurance department of each state in which we sell our policies and our policies are backed by state guaranty funds. Since our founding, we have sought to develop strong relationships with our regulators, which we believe help us better navigate and adapt to changing market conditions and maintain our targeted profitability levels.
We employ a vertically integrated operating model whereby we control or manage substantially all aspects of insurance underwriting, actuarial analysis, pricing, distribution, and claims processing and adjudication. While some Florida residential property insurance companies have built their business in large part by assuming
| 89 |
Table of Contents
policies written by state-owned insurers such as Citizens and rely on these assumptions to generate new business, we primarily distribute our products through the “Voluntary Market,” meaning we directly underwrite and sell residential property insurance coverage to single family homeowners and condominium owners. We offer our insurance coverages through multiple distribution channels in the Voluntary Market including independent insurance agents, new construction home builder agents, and national insurance carriers that have restricted their writing of residential homeowners insurance policies in Florida and refer business to us.
In addition to our Voluntary Market business, we also selectively and opportunistically assume polices from Citizens when we believe there is an opportunity to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. From 2014 through 2023, we did not assume polices from Citizens. The Florida legislative reforms in 2022 removed one-way attorneys’ fees, tightened bad faith standards and eliminated excessive AOB, which have led to a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the state. As the legislative reforms impacting the Florida residential property insurance market have taken hold and created what we believe to be a more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, coupled with Citizens raising its rates to be more comparable to the Voluntary Market and our pricing requirements, we have recently capitalized on opportunities to selectively assume policies from Citizens that we believe to be attractive. While we will continue to primarily be a Voluntary Market underwriter and we believe other carriers may choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022, we believe selectively assuming policies from Citizens in the current market environment can be an attractive opportunity to augment our growth and profitability. As of September 30, 2025, 77.6% of our in-force polices were from the Voluntary Market and 22.4% were assumed from Citizens.
We utilize proprietary technology, our deep knowledge of the Florida residential property insurance market, our specialized underwriting expertise and a sophisticated risk management strategy to differentiate ourselves in the market, profitably underwrite attractive property insurance risks and prudently grow our business. We have thoughtfully constructed our portfolio of insurance policies with (i) geographically diverse property exposures within Florida to manage our exposure to catastrophic hurricane and severe weather events impacting particular locations and (ii) risks for which we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the catastrophe and attritional non-catastrophe loss potential and present us with the opportunity to earn an attractive underwriting profit. As of September 30, 2025, the geographic distribution of our policies in-force, net in-force premium and total insured values in Florida were as follows:
Writings by Florida County
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) County |
PIF(1) | % of Total FL PIF(1) |
Net In-Force Premium |
% of Total FL Net In-Force Premium |
TIV | % of FL TIV |
||||||||||||||||||
| Polk |
26,366 | 7 | % | $ | 46 | 5 | % | $ | 13,389 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Lee |
25,899 | 7 | % | $ | 68 | 8 | % | $ | 14,588 | 7 | % | |||||||||||||
| Orange |
25,280 | 7 | % | $ | 56 | 6 | % | $ | 13,924 | 7 | % | |||||||||||||
| Duval |
22,440 | 6 | % | $ | 37 | 4 | % | $ | 11,670 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Hillsborough |
20,795 | 5 | % | $ | 49 | 6 | % | $ | 12,614 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Pasco |
19,470 | 5 | % | $ | 39 | 4 | % | $ | 12,472 | 6 | % | |||||||||||||
| Osceola |
19,428 | 5 | % | $ | 40 | 5 | % | $ | 10,090 | 5 | % | |||||||||||||
| Palm Beach |
18,673 | 5 | % | $ | 72 | 8 | % | $ | 8,104 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Marion |
16,497 | 4 | % | $ | 24 | 3 | % | $ | 8,244 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Brevard |
13,900 | 4 | % | $ | 34 | 4 | % | $ | 7,259 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
| Volusia |
13,159 | 3 | % | $ | 27 | 3 | % | $ | 6,981 | 3 | % | |||||||||||||
| Other |
162,033 | 42 | % | $ | 390 | 44 | % | $ | 87,543 | 42 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
383,940 | 100 | % | $ | 884 | 100 | % | $ | 206,878 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (1) | Consists solely of policies in-force in Florida. |
| 90 |
Table of Contents
Our business is supported by a comprehensive exposure and risk management framework — the cornerstone of which is our robust reinsurance program — that we believe increases the consistency and predictability of our earnings and protects our capital against hurricane and other severe weather-related events. We purchase excess of loss, quota share, per risk and facultative reinsurance from highly rated third-party reinsurers. We have strong relationships with third-party reinsurers, which we believe are a result of our industry experience and reputation for selective and disciplined underwriting. We have historically purchased reinsurance in-line with, and occasionally in excess of, what regulators and rating agencies require and in amounts that we believe are conservative in an effort to minimize the volatility of our earnings and protect our capital.
We closely manage all aspects of our claims adjustment process and strive to adjudicate and settle all non-catastrophe claims with our in-house claims professionals. In the case of catastrophic events, we supplement our internal claims handling resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims and ensure timely responses to our policyholders.
We believe our history of profitability operating in the complex, nuanced and historically volatile Florida property insurance market, as illustrated by our GAAP net income since 2008 as set forth below, is the result of our specialized risk selection, pricing strategies and claims management capabilities:
($ millions)
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Florida residential property insurance market expertise
Since our founding in 2006, we have principally focused on serving the Florida residential property insurance market. Florida represented 94.5% of our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 and 97.1% of our in-force premium as of September 30, 2025. Throughout our 19-year history, we have maintained a consistent market presence with independent agents and policyholders in Florida, prudently adjusting our underwriting criteria (whether that be based on sub-geographies, home age, or types of home construction, among other factors) and pricing to consistently generate attractive underwriting margins and profits across multiple P&C cycles and Florida property insurance cycles. According to the FLOIR, we are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on policies in-force (fourth excluding Citizens and national carriers) as of September 30, 2025 and wrote the fifth most residential policies in Florida (second excluding Citizens and
| 91 |
Table of Contents
national carriers) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We believe we have developed a deep understanding of the risks inherent with underwriting residential property insurance in Florida, cultivated strong relationships with distribution partners, reinsurance partners and regulators, and accumulated robust, proprietary underwriting, claims and loss data over our 19-year history to inform our risk selection and pricing.
As market conditions evolve, we use our market knowledge and experience to adjust our underwriting appetite to increase exposure to risks and market opportunities we believe are most attractive within the Florida market and reduce exposure where we believe competition is irrational or where we are not receiving appropriate premium for the risk we are assuming. We believe our established, multi-channel distribution relationships in the Florida market are a differentiator in a market where a number of our peers principally, or in some cases almost exclusively, have relied on assuming policies from Citizens to generate new business as opposed to writing business in the Voluntary Market. We believe our distribution relationships position us to maintain and increase our market share as the residential property market in Florida continues to grow and as the improved regulatory and litigation environment provides attractive new market opportunities. We also believe our expertise from operating in Florida is transferable to other Southeastern coastal states.
Disciplined, analytical and tech-enabled underwriting
We believe our underwriting processes and systems support a dynamic underwriting model and exposure management framework that have allowed us to produce attractive financial results in the complex Florida residential property insurance market, as evidenced by our long-term track record of profitability and increasing shareholders’ equity through retained earnings.
We utilize proprietary historical and third-party data to underwrite risks to the rate, terms and conditions that we believe are appropriate. Our granular, risk-level data down to the census block (the smallest geographic unit used by the U.S. Census Bureau for tabulation of 100-percent data) allow for fast, accurate rate determinations and real-time quoting, including catastrophe loss estimates, to quote individual premium rates on high value homes. In addition to this granularity, our systems and processes support rapid regulatory approval and internal rate implementation during our quarterly rate adequacy assessments, enabling us to adjust pricing to protect margins. This has been particularly important in recent years in the face of inflation, the litigation crisis in the Florida property insurance market, and increasing property reinsurance costs.
We believe our investment in technology sets us apart from our competitors and positions us to identify emerging loss trends and to quickly and effectively adapt to changing market conditions. As an example, through enhancements to our data warehouse, we captured and were able to analyze data that identified a “roof crisis” in Central Florida in 2018, in which “roofing scams” significantly increased as contractors sought to file fraudulent damage claims in order to receive insurance payouts. We responded quickly to limit our writings and non-renew policies we believed to be at an elevated risk of loss. By shrinking our business in Central Florida from approximately 60,000 policies in-force at December 31, 2019 to approximately 35,000 at December 31, 2022, we were able to minimize the negative impact of these losses.
Our proprietary technology platform integrates policy issuance, document management, ratemaking, underwriting, billing and data collection into a single system. The system is configurable by our internal technology team, which allows for rapid modifications, and seamlessly integrates APIs from third-party data sources, including BuildFax, LexisNexis, Verisk, and Cape Analytics. We believe that our technology footprint, data fidelity and data capture and analysis capabilities are critical to our ability to consistently generate attractive risk-adjusted underwriting margins in the market we serve.
Fully integrated in-house claims management to rapidly identify and respond to emerging trends
We have a robust in-house claims management function that is responsible for all aspects of our claims adjudication process. All non-catastrophe claims in Florida are handled entirely by our in-house claims team. We
| 92 |
Table of Contents
believe handling claims in-house allows us to better coordinate between claims and underwriting departments, collect more granular claims data, quickly respond to claims, deliver a consistent agent and insured experience, better control loss and LAE, and implement claims strategies and pursue rate, form, and underwriting actions we believe to be appropriate. We believe our data-driven approach to claims has allowed us to profitably navigate historical loss trends unique to the Florida market, such as losses related to sinkholes, AOBs, roof claims and cast-iron pipe claims. In the case of claims outside of Florida or a catastrophic event in Florida, we supplement internal claims resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims to ensure timely responses to our policyholders and to manage claim costs.
When we contract with claims adjusting firms, our in-house claims department oversees and manages the work performed by these firms to ensure claims are being handled to our standards. We believe that our people, systems and organizational structure around our claims management have been a key contributor to our underwriting performance.
Deep relationships with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents
We employ a multi-channel distribution strategy in the Voluntary Market to distribute our insurance policies through various channels, including independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers, and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. Independent insurance agents represent our largest distribution channel, as measured by gross premiums written production for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We have methodically developed our independent agent distribution partnerships in an effort to align the interests of our distribution partners with our desire to write profitable business. We appoint only those independent insurance agents that we believe can consistently produce targeted volumes of quality business for us, and we seek to maintain excellent relationships with this group of agents by being a consistent market for Florida homeowners risks that meet our underwriting appetite, presenting clear underwriting criteria and pricing, paying competitive commissions, ensuring rapid speed to quote, offering consistently high-quality service and expertise, and maintaining financial stability. We carefully allocate capacity to our independent agents to ensure they benefit from our franchise value and do not experience a cannibalizing level of competition from other independent agents with an American Integrity appointment. In return, we expect our agents to work with us to develop business plans and incentive programs that align with our underwriting goals. This has allowed us to be a reliable, consistent partner to our agents over time and aligns their incentives with our business objectives. Independent agents have the ability to write business with other insurance carriers, and we compete for their services with other carriers based on a variety of factors including quality of service, responsiveness to policy submissions and claims, tenure and reputation in the market and financial strength, as well as the products, pricing and commissions that we offer. We believe the strength of our independent insurance agent relationships are a differentiating factor in the Florida market, where we believe a number of carriers have relied – in some cases exclusively – on assuming policies from Citizens as their primary source of new business and have made limited investment in independent agent distribution or other distribution channels. We believe our distribution relationships position us for more predictable policy and premium growth, stronger policy retention rates, and superior underwriting results across P&C insurance and Florida property market cycles.
We have developed partnerships with national insurance carriers who restrict their writing of residential homeowners policies in Florida, including Allstate, American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA, to offer residential property insurance to their customers who are also seeking Florida residential property insurance coverage. We recently added partnerships with affiliates of Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. We handle all underwriting, pricing and claims management of these policies, and all policies are offered on our policy forms and are solely adjudicated by us. We believe these relationships provide attractive new business growth opportunities incremental to our writings through the independent agency channel. The national carriers benefit from our partnership due to their enhanced ability to service their existing policyholders in need of homeowners insurance in Florida, creating strong and strategic alignment.
| 93 |
Table of Contents
We also have developed strong relationships with retail insurance agents affiliated with homebuilders to increase our access to the new home construction market, which has seen substantial growth in Florida in recent years. These new homes are required to comply with the latest building codes and standards, allowing us to generally offer more competitive risk-adjusted rates while maintaining our targeted profitability in our book of business. We have completed technology integrations with new construction builder agencies in order to better integrate into their business and serve their needs. We believe this distribution channel will continue to grow as a result of continued strong population growth within Florida, a lack of available existing home supply, and the resulting increase in new home building. Many of our homebuilder partnerships operate in additional Southeastern coastal states, and we will look to leverage these relationships as we selectively expand our geographic footprint.
Sophisticated risk transfer program with high-quality third-party reinsurers
We purchase third-party reinsurance to help manage our exposure to catastrophic weather events. Our relationships with our reinsurers, all of whom have a financial strength rating of “A-” or better by A.M. Best or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance limit or recoverable, have been developed over time as a result of our extensive experience and reputation for selective underwriting in the Florida market. Our financial strength, underwriting results and the long-term relationships between our organization and our reinsurance partners have resulted in consistent reinsurance capacity across P&C insurance and Florida property insurance cycles. We regularly assess and adjust our reinsurance structure as we see necessary to optimize the effectiveness of our reinsurance program. We currently utilize quota share, facultative, property per-risk and excess of loss reinsurance to provide significant levels of balance sheet and earnings protection, and to support the size of our in-force premium and insured exposure relative to our capital base.
Strong balance sheet and capital position
Since our inception, we supported the capital needs of our business and grew our shareholders’ equity to $206.7 million at our IPO on May 7, 2025 through consistent profitability and the accumulation of retained earnings. During that period, we achieved this without raising outside equity capital beyond our initial capitalization of an aggregate of $10.3 million in 2006 and 2007, while also paying $75 million in aggregate profit distributions to our equity owners.
As of September 30, 2025, we have grown shareholders’ equity to $315.9 million with a debt to equity ratio on our balance sheet of less than 1%. Debt to equity ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by shareholders’ equity.
We have a conservative investment portfolio managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, LP that is focused on highly-rated, short-duration investment grade fixed income securities, a strong reinsurance program and conservatively booked reserves.
Our strong capitalization is a critical component to our relationships with our policyholders, distribution partners, and reinsurance partners who value our financial strength and the stability of our balance sheet. We endeavor to maintain and continue to enhance our strong capital position through the accumulation of retained earnings, our utilization of third-party reinsurance, and our conservative investment strategy and reserving strategy.
Experienced, entrepreneurial and financially aligned management team with a track record of success in the Florida homeowners insurance market
We have a deep and experienced management team with expertise spanning underwriting, claims, technology and insurance operations that we believe has been integral to our past performance and will help drive our long-term success. Our management team has remained largely consistent since our founding in 2006, with an average of more than 10 years with the Company, and has deep expertise in the Florida property insurance market. Our team is led by industry veteran Robert Ritchie, who has served as Chief Executive Officer since our founding in 2006, along with our Chairman, David Clark. Jon Ritchie, our President, has been with us since 2009, and Ben Lurie, our Chief
| 94 |
Table of Contents
Financial Officer, has served in a variety of different roles, including Director, Vice President and Secretary, with us since 2017. Many of our employees and members of our senior management team have worked together to build our Company from a start-up to one of the largest personal residential insurance writers in Florida. Our management team members have a significant equity ownership interest in our business, aligning their financial interests with stockholders. After giving effect to this offering, management will own over 16.1% of the Company’s Common Stock (or 15.7% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock is exercised in full).
Our Strategies
We believe that we will be able to continue to successfully leverage our strengths to execute the following business strategies:
Capitalize on historic recent regulatory reform in Florida by profitably growing new business
We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in our existing primary market of Florida to grow the amount of new premiums we write and generate additional revenue. We believe the significant regulatory reform bills passed in December 2022 by the Florida legislature are significantly improving the property insurance underwriting environment in the state, allowing us to pursue additional new business opportunities that in the past did not meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. We have started – and expect to continue – to judiciously broaden our risk appetite as a result of these reforms, including underwriting older properties and middle-aged homes where we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the risk we are assuming and broadening our presence in certain counties where we have significantly limited our writings in the past due to the historical litigation environment. For example, we recently began writing policies in the Tri-County region of Florida (Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties), which accounts for 28% of Florida’s population according to the U.S. Census Bureau and therefore provides a substantial opportunity to grow our business in Florida. We expect to achieve our growth primarily with our existing distribution partners with whom we have built strong relationships to access business that we believe is desirable and profitable. We expect to continue to deepen our penetration of the Florida market by leveraging and growing these strong distribution relationships and employing sophisticated technology to select and underwrite risks that meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. In addition, as recent regulatory reforms continue to create a pathway to a more stable Florida property insurance market, we are seeing opportunities to grow by assuming policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. For example, in 2024, we assumed 68,844 policies from Citizens, 25,895 additional policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 7,087 policies in a November 2025 take-out. We will continue to be thoughtful and opportunistic in our pursuit of market opportunities and growth in Florida, without compromising on our commitment to, and unwavering focus on, profitability.
Consistently deliver profitability across P&C market cycles
We are a disciplined, underwriting-driven company with an unwavering focus on profitability. Despite many years of costly catastrophe events and periods of elevated attritional losses for the P&C industry as a whole, and particularly the Florida property insurance market where we principally operate, we have produced a positive return on equity in every year since our inception except two: 2018 and 2020. We have always sought to effectively manage the P&C insurance cycle and Florida property cycle since our inception to consistently deliver best-in-class underwriting results and profitability. We utilize the data we collect and analyze from our operations, combined with our view of the current P&C market and residential property insurance cycle dynamics, to adjust rates, forms, and various other underwriting criteria to optimize our new business writings.
We believe we identified and addressed Florida-wide residential insurance litigation trends earlier than many of our competitors, which has contributed to multiple years of strong underwriting outperformance compared to the broader Florida residential property insurance industry. While the industry experienced over $6.9 billion in underwriting losses between 2017 and 2024, and nearly a dozen insurance companies focusing on the Florida residential property market failed during that time period, we were profitable in every year except two, generated
| 95 |
Table of Contents
cumulative net income of $121.2 million, and maintained a strong, stable balance sheet with no decreases in statutory surplus. We believe these results are a testament to our disciplined approach and primary focus on stability and profitability, with a secondary focus on growth.
Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite
In addition to our comprehensive catastrophe reinsurance program, we have historically purchased quota share reinsurance covering all business we write. Under our current NCQSR arrangements, we cede 40% of our gross premiums written, net of premium ceded under our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance agreements but prior to other reinsurance agreements. Our NCQSR arrangements were established to allow us to increase our gross premiums written at a time when we believed other forms of capital were less attractive. Over time, the benefit we received from the quota share has diminished as reinsurance costs have increased industry-wide, non-catastrophe weather losses we have incurred have declined, magnifying the lost net investment income on premium we cede under the quota share. We plan to reduce our use of quota share reinsurance in the future, likely starting in the first quarter of 2026, and retain more of the premium we currently write on a net basis. Any decision to retain more premium would be based on various factors including P&C market conditions, our capital position, the cost of reinsurance and interest rates, among others. Under our current quota share reinsurance agreement, we are able to reduce the amount of business we cede, or eliminate the quota share entirely, at no cost. We believe retaining additional premium we already underwrite can be an attractive and profitable use of capital given our extensive existing knowledge of this business and its historical underwriting performance.
Continue to purchase conservative third-party catastrophe reinsurance coverage
We intend to continue to purchase an appropriate level of catastrophe reinsurance as we seek to reduce the volatility of our earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential weather-related catastrophe events. Our current catastrophe reinsurance program is indicative of the type of conservative catastrophe protection that we believe to be appropriate. Using multiple FLOIR-approved models and as a result of management’s internal practices and the requirements of rating agencies, we have historically sought to buy to a 1-in-130 year PML level, meaning we buy the amount of reinsurance necessary to protect us in the event of the occurrence of a storm of a severity expected to occur only once in a 130-year period.
Over our 19-year history, we have developed strong relationships with reinsurers rated “A-” or better by A.M. Best. We have been rewarded by our reinsurers for our disciplined underwriting and consistent profitability with consistent capacity, including in reinsurance markets in which it has been challenging for many of our peers to obtain adequate reinsurance coverage. We view our reinsurers as long-term partners and seek to maintain positive relations with them to ensure we have adequate reinsurance capacity in future years. Historically, we have prioritized the consistency and sustainability of our earnings over the long term above maximizing earnings in any particular year when constructing our reinsurance program, and we intend to maintain this strategy going forward.
Continue to invest in and leverage data and technology that we believe enhance our decision making, increase our profitability, and strengthen our competitive advantages
Our integrated technology infrastructure and data capture capabilities allow us to efficiently manage various processes across our platform, improve real-time visibility into market trends, lower costs, and realize operating leverage as we scale. Our platform is purpose-built to cohesively integrate each of our technology solutions with one another, creating a proprietary full-stack insurance platform that allows us to balance and integrate the complete insurance process from underwriting and quoting through claims management and adjudication.
We intend to continue to develop our technology platform and capture additional data that we believe will allow us to continue to identify, price, and write the risks that meet our underwriting and risk management criteria. This
| 96 |
Table of Contents
entails utilizing real-time proprietary and third-party data integrations in both the ratemaking and front-end underwriting process to make efficient, data-driven underwriting and management decisions. We believe our advanced technology is a differentiator in the markets where we operate and positions us well for profitable growth.
Deepen distribution relationships to increase Voluntary Market writings
We intend to continue to execute on our multi-channel distribution strategy partnering with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. We have built our business and technology with the critical importance of our distribution partners in mind, and we believe that creating strong alignment with our distribution partners drives better growth, profitability, and a stronger operating model.
As an insurer committed to the independent agency distribution model, we seek to offer meaningful insurance capacity within the confines of our underwriting guidelines to a select group of agents. In each market we serve, we seek to align ourselves with selected agents that provide us a meaningful portion of their overall business.
This allows us to manage these distribution relationships based on key corporate priorities and performance indicators, including volume of new business writings, loss ratio, and policy retention. We believe that working with our agency partners to achieve these goals is critical to our growth and continued underwriting success. At the same time, we recognize that it is important to have a balanced source of distribution. We expect to continue to selectively expand our distribution relationships to new independent agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated agents.
We believe our strong distribution relationships in the Voluntary Market have provided us access to superior risks and enable us to produce more sustainable growth across P&C insurance market cycles.
Selectively assume policies from Citizens
Citizens is one of the largest homeowners insurers in the state of Florida as measured by premium in-force and acts as the state-owned insurer of last resort. It is incentivized by the state to transfer policies from its books to the private market in order to reduce systemic risk to the insurance market. See “Business — Citizens Depopulations” for more information. Over the 10 years leading up to 2024, we did not believe that there were opportunities to assume policies from Citizens, also referred to as “depopulations” or “take-outs,” that met our underwriting and profitability criteria. The last take-out we pursued prior to 2024 was in 2014. We believe the combination of Citizens raising its rates, an improved level of underwriting data disclosed by Citizens on its in-force portfolio, and the legislative reforms passed in 2022 and 2023 have significantly changed the Citizens depopulation economics based on our experience and understanding of the Florida market, and created opportunities for us to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. We are selective when we pursue policy assumptions from Citizens, and each policy we consider assuming from Citizens is run through our rigorous underwriting and profitability criteria, including assessing the county and location of the underlying risk, to determine its attractiveness, a process which is similar to our underwriting in the Voluntary Market. While we measure the attractiveness of “take-out” opportunities based on our long-term profitability expectations of the policies we assume, take-outs can generate significant near-term earnings because (i) the cost of policy acquisition is lower than in the Voluntary Market as we do not pay upfront agent commissions on policies assumed from Citizens, as compared to writing business in the Voluntary Market where we also have to pay commissions (generally 12%) to our distribution partners upfront, and (ii) we are not required to purchase reinsurance on the policies we assume until our reinsurance program renews on the subsequent June 1st. Generally, we are able to price take-out policies above the price we would offer in the Voluntary Market. Because the policies we assume from Citizens go through our underwriting processes, we expect them to have a similar risk-return profile to the policies that we write in the Voluntary Market. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024, assuming 68,844 policies and have assumed an additional 25,895 policies during the nine
| 97 |
Table of Contents
months ended September 30, 2025, that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria, and we believe provide an attractive opportunity in light of recent legislative reforms. As of September 30, 2025, 22.4% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 29.2% of our premiums in-force. We will continue to selectively pursue Citizens take-out opportunities if we feel there is an opportunity to assume policies that align with our underwriting and profit criteria based on the profile of the underlying risk. While we expect there will be continued opportunities to assume policies from Citizens in the future, we expect that the number of policies we assume will decrease as the number of policies available with Citizens that fit our profitability criteria decreases.
Our History
AIIG was founded in 2006 as an insurance holding company by our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Ritchie, in partnership with our Chairman, David Clark, to capitalize on the Florida homeowners insurance market dislocation following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons.
Sowell & Co. capitalized us with an aggregate of $10.3 million in equity investments in 2006 and 2007, which remains the only equity investment that has been made into the business prior to the IPO in May 2025. Sowell & Co. is a family office founded in 1972 by James E. Sowell to pursue real estate, oil and gas, and private equity investments. The firm invests the capital of its principals and does not have a drawdown fund structure with a finite life, enabling it to have a longer-term investment horizon and aligning its interests with those of management. On May 7, 2025, immediately prior to our IPO, our members’ equity had increased to $206.7 million. Our growth in members’ equity was generated entirely through retained earnings, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 16.8% over 19 years. Additionally, since our formation in 2006 through our IPO in May 2025, we paid our members $75 million of aggregate profit distributions, excluding distributions related to flow-through tax liabilities. The compound annual growth rate of our members’ equity inclusive of cumulative profit distributions was 20.2% over the same 19-year period. As of September 30, 2025, we have grown shareholders’ equity to $315.9 million while maintaining a debt to equity ratio on our balance sheet of less than 1%.
| * | Pre-IPO. |
| (1) | Excludes tax distributions made to members. |
In March 2007, we commenced operations and were approved to assume up to 165,000 policies from Citizens, of which we assumed a select portion based on a number of criteria including historical performance and our expectations for future profitability, geographic spread of risk and prospects for retention. This initial “depopulation” allowed us to gain scale in the Florida market immediately and in a cost-efficient manner while
| 98 |
Table of Contents
also providing us time to establish relationships with distribution partners to write in the Voluntary Market. We have participated in additional depopulations from Citizens in each of 2007-2010, 2012-2014, and 2024-2025.
In 2008, we began writing business in the Voluntary Market and have since principally focused our efforts in expanding our volume of policies written through the Voluntary Market. As of September 30, 2025, 77.6% of our policies in-force were originated by us in the Voluntary Market representing 70.8% of our premiums in-force.
Since our founding in 2006, we have grown profitably to become a leading provider of residential property insurance in the state of Florida. Throughout our history, we have introduced new products or expanded into additional products relevant to our market in response to policyholder demand and based on our existing underwriting expertise, which have strengthened our market presence and relationships with our distribution partners. As an example, in 2010, we began offering insurance for vacant properties in the wake of the global financial crisis, and we were the first admitted carrier in Florida to do so. In 2014, we began to underwrite high-value homeowners and condominium owner’s policies in Florida. In 2018, we began to underwrite coverage for small watercraft in Florida. In October 2025, we launched our commercial residential property program and we expect to begin writing policies in the near term. Our commercial residential property program is designed to deliver comprehensive and reliable protection for Florida’s condominium associations, townhome associations and residential homeowners associations. We may introduce new products and/or expand into additional products in the future.
Corporate Structure
As a holding company, we wholly own six subsidiaries, which include AIIG, AIIC, which is our admitted insurance company, and four subsidiaries that provide various services exclusively to AIIC. We established each of these subsidiaries in conjunction with our formation in 2006. While our statutory capital and all insurance policies reside at AIIC, our core operations relating to risk selection, underwriting, claims, brokerage and reinsurance are performed by our other subsidiaries. This structure provides enhanced profit opportunities and capital flexibility for our holding company, which we believe benefit our stockholders.
Our subsidiaries include the following:
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (AIIG) operates as a holding company for our other subsidiaries and was formed in Texas in 2006.
American Integrity Insurance Company (AIIC) is a corporation that operates as a Florida-domiciled admitted insurance company with licenses to write business in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina. AIIC is regulated by the FLOIR. While most of our core operations are performed by our other subsidiaries, our accounting employees are employed by AIIC.
American Integrity MGA, LLC (AIMGA) operates as a Texas domiciled managing general agency to produce, underwrite, negotiate, bind and administer policies on an exclusive basis for AIIC. Most of our employees, including our sales, underwriting, product development and marketing employees, are employed by AIMGA.
American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (AICS) manages all non-catastrophe claims for AIIC and, on an as needed basis, contracts with third-party claims services providers to manage and oversee catastrophe claims. Our claims employees are employed by AICS.
Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (Pinnacle) is responsible for performing ongoing reinsurance related analytical and modeling work for the benefit of AIIC. Using proprietary tools and technology, Pinnacle monitors, updates and assesses data and information that is available to us in connection with recent events (e.g., storms and other related weather events, regulatory changes and impacts, etc.) to analyze their potential impact on AIIC’s results of operations, including its various reinsurance programs.
| 99 |
Table of Contents
Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (PIC) acts as the agent of record of policies that are assumed from Citizens and are not already affiliated with an independent insurance agent.
Products
We offer a broad set of homeowners and related property and casualty insurance products that we believe provide us attractive premium growth and profit opportunities. Our diversified product set provides coverage for homeowners, condominium owners, manufactured homeowners, landlords and investors principally in Florida, but also in Georgia and South Carolina, and we insure perils including wind and hail events, water damage, fire and liability.
Our primary product is homeowners insurance where we focus on owner-occupied single family homes, high value homes and condominium units that fit our target underwriting profitability hurdles. Our dwelling policies insure rental, seasonal, investment and other non-owner-occupied properties. We are one of the select few carriers in Florida that offers a specific policy for vacant homes, a policy which we developed in 2010. We also offer coverage for manufactured homes with a focus on newer model homes that are in gated communities.
The following charts represent our product mix as of September 30, 2025:
| Net In-Force Premium |
Policies In-Force |
Total Insured Value | ||
|
|
| ||
MH = Manufactured Home. DP = Dwelling Property. HO = Homeowners. Other = Watercraft, Golf Cart and Other(1)
| (1) | “Other” includes Umbrella policies, which are no longer written and represent legacy Umbrella policies underwritten by AIIC |
We issue these products on nine distinct policy forms, which are as detailed as follows:
| Product Description | Coverage | |||||
| Homeowners (“HO”) |
HO-3 | • Covers homes, other structures on property, personal belongings, and additional living expenses • Offers liability and medical payment protection |
• Coverage A $150,000 up to $5,000,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C 25% up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000
| |||
| HO-4 |
• Renters policy that protects finances and belongings against unfortunate events like theft or fire |
• Coverage C $10,000 up to $250,000 • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| ||||
| HO-6 | • Condo/co-op policy that covers permanently attached structures within the unit, personal property, loss of use, personal liability and medical payments |
• Coverage A $25,000 up to $1,000,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000
| ||||
| Manufactured Home (“MH”) |
MH | • Adult park, family park, subdivision, or private property • Policy designed for homes that are built in a factory then transported • Provides protection against damage to the insured home or its contents and general liability from injuries or damages that occur on the property
|
• Coverage A $75,000 up to $750,000 • Coverage B $0 up to 10% of Coverage A • Coverage C 50% up to 100% • Liability $50,000 up to $500,000 | |||
| 100 |
Table of Contents
| Product Description | Coverage | |||||
| Dwelling Property (“DP”) |
DP-1 | • Most basic coverage offered • Best suited for those who are looking for the minimum coverage on their property • Policy is available for tenant-occupied homes |
• Coverage A $100,000 up to $500,000 • Coverage B 10% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| |||
| DP-1 Vacant | • 12-month policy for unoccupied homes |
• Coverage A $100,000 up to $1,500,000 • Coverage B 10% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to $10,000 • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| ||||
| DP-3 | • Greatest protection for rental (non-owner occupied) or owner-occupied homes • Offers greater protection than basic fire and wind (DP1) |
• Coverage A $150,000 up to $1,500,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000
| ||||
| Specialty | Watercraft | • Designed for sailboats, bass boats, pontoons, cruisers, personal watercraft (such as wave runners and jet skis), etc. |
• Hull Value $1,000 up to $300,000 • Trailer Value $1,000 up to $10,000 • Personal Effects $1,000 up to $10,000 • Liability $50,000/$100,000 or $100,000 CSL up to $500,000/$500,000 or $500,000 CSL
| |||
| Golf Cart | • Standalone insurance policy for golf carts |
• Up to and including $25,000 value • Bodily Injury Liability $10,000/$20,000 up to $250,000/$500,000 or CSL of $300,000 or $500,000 • Property Damage Liability $10,000 up to $250,000 • Uninsured Golf Cart Bodily Injury Liability $10,000/$20,000 up to $500,000/$500,000 • Medical Payments $1,000 up to $10,000
|
In addition, we provide a variety of endorsements and supplemental products that provide policyholders with value-added coverage enhancements. We offer optional endorsements on our HO-3 and HO-6 policies that provide higher levels of standard coverage and optional coverages such as personal injury, animal liability, identity recovery and golf cart physical damage and liability. We also offer access to flood insurance through a partnership with Wright National Flood Insurance Company as well as Tokio Marine Highland in connection with our flood endorsement coverage, and home systems and equipment breakdown protection through a strategic alliance with Hartford Steam Boiler. We receive a fee for marketing these supplemental products and do not assume underwriting risk.
Our product team assesses our product offering on a quarterly basis to continuously monitor our products’ positioning and the value proposition of our product portfolio. As an admitted carrier, in the markets where we currently operate, all rate filings are made public, enabling our product team to closely track competitive trends by our peers across geographies on a monthly basis. We use this information, in conjunction with actuarial analysis, to adjust our pricing strategy and identify classes of business we believe are attractive and which we may want to enter. By using sophisticated data capture and business intelligence, we can implement ratemaking decisions based on various underwriting, behavioral and loyalty considerations to respond quickly to competitive trends and profitable market opportunities.
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the development of new products that may provide attractive growth opportunities and meet our target underwriting profitability hurdles. We seek to introduce new products that complement our existing product offering, seamlessly integrate into our existing operations and enable our distribution partners to better serve their clients. For example, we launched our commercial residential property product focused on condominium associations, townhome associations and residential homeowners associations. We began writing commercial residential business in Florida in October 2025, and we are leveraging our previous condominium expertise and distribution relationships in order to expand into this complementary and underserved market.
Marketing and Distribution
Our multi-channel approach to marketing and distribution is a cornerstone of our success. By strategically investing in preferred distribution relationships and leveraging our expertise in Florida’s niche homeowners insurance market, we have built a differentiated business model that drives growth and profitability.
We distribute our products primarily through the Voluntary Market, which includes partnerships with independent agents, national and regional insurance companies, homebuilder-affiliated agents, and direct-to-consumer channels.
| 101 |
Table of Contents
Additionally, we selectively assume policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. Our diversified distribution strategy mitigates risks, reduces reliance on any single channel, and enables us to reach more potential policyholders. Of our $910.4 million total premium in-force as of September 30, 2025, $644.6 million in-force premium comes from the Voluntary Market representing approximately 70.8% of our total premium in-force.
Channels of Distribution
Independent Agents
Independent agents represent our largest source of new policy origination. These agents are carefully selected based on criteria such as geographic focus, expertise, and alignment with our underwriting priorities. Our internal sales force uses a data-driven approach to incentivize agents to align their business goals with ours by setting performance targets related to loss ratio, retention, volume and other key underwriting metrics. We have approximately 850 independent agent partners through which we source business. These agents have been carefully chosen and capacity is selectively offered by geography, among other criteria, to ensure we do not saturate any particular geographic market with our capacity. Overall, policies produced by independent agents represent $479.2 million of in-force premium, or approximately 52.6% of our total in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025. Our largest agency relationship represents approximately 6.3% of our of in-force premiums. Our growth strategy includes focusing on growing high-potential strategic accounts in Florida, which represent nearly $170.0 million of in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025.
Homebuilder Affiliated Agents
We have partnered with insurance agencies affiliated with national homebuilders such as D.R. Horton, KB Home, Lennar, Toll Brothers and Pulte. These partnerships allow us to capture a growing market for new-construction homes, which are particularly attractive due to their higher safety standards and technologically advanced risk-mitigation features, such as smart home systems. Our builder-affiliated agencies represent $81.8 million of in-force premium, or approximately 9.0% of total in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025, which has grown by 653.2% since 2021. We offer quotes to purchasers of single-family homes within days of purchase contracts, which creates a competitive advantage. Additionally, we aim to leverage our homebuilder agent relationships to support our growth in South Carolina and Georgia, and soon in North Carolina where we expect to begin writing policies in the fourth quarter of 2025.
Insurance Companies
We have developed partnerships with national and regional personal lines carriers in the United States, especially those carriers that limit the amount of homeowners insurance they write in Florida due to elevated risk of losses from hurricanes and A.M. Best’s negative treatment of catastrophe exposure. We have developed strategic relationships with insurers such as American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA and regional carriers such as Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. These partnerships allow insurers to provide homeowners coverage for their policyholders in Florida on our paper while cross-selling private passenger auto and other insurance on their paper. Policies generated through insurance company partnerships account for approximately $50.0 million of in-force premiums, representing approximately 5.5% of total in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025, which has increased by 180.0% since 2021. As we grow, we aim to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with a focus on long-term profitability; utilize in-house systems, products, and underwriting guidelines to ensure seamless integration with these partners’ agencies; and enter into new company alliances.
National Agencies
This distribution channel represents agencies that operate at a national level, and include mortgage-related agencies, national brokers and InsurTech agencies, such as Goosehead Insurance, Guaranteed Rate Insurance,
| 102 |
Table of Contents
Matic and Blend Insurance. Many of these national agents focus on building relationships with mortgage companies and brokers to produce a point-of-sale book of business. Premiums generated through national agencies represent $33.7 million of in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025, representing approximately 3.7% of total in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025. This channel has grown by 204.6% since 2021 and has helped support our growth into other Southeastern coastal states. We aim to invest in partnerships with tech-enabled agencies to lower customer acquisition costs and streamline policy issuance at the point of sale. The table below shows the diversification of our distribution for the periods indicated with our business that we write in the Voluntary Market.
Since 2023, we have seen average in-force premiums decline moderately due to lower average rates per insurance policy as a result of improving litigation trends and regulatory reform. In addition, the new states we are expanding into, including South Carolina and Georgia, tend to have lower average rates than Florida. However, through our continued expansion into the Tri-County region of Florida and into insuring middle-aged homes, we plan to capitalize on higher average premiums.
| In-Force Premium Channel |
12/31/2021 | 12/31/2022 | 12/31/2023 | 12/31/2024 | 9/30/2025 | |||||||||||||||
| Independent Agents |
$ | 390,573,066 | $ | 466,624,032 | $ | 531,020,714 | $ | 518,948,729 | $ | 479,166,623 | ||||||||||
| Homebuilder Affiliated Agents |
$ | 10,856,880 | $ | 16,159,555 | $ | 34,770,868 | $ | 62,979,829 | $ | 81,775,081 | ||||||||||
| Insurance Companies |
$ | 17,843,369 | $ | 31,350,203 | $ | 41,544,546 | $ | 45,232,533 | $ | 49,958,726 | ||||||||||
| National Agencies |
$ | 11,073,500 | $ | 20,670,858 | $ | 30,118,604 | $ | 34,172,754 | $ | 33,727,937 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total Voluntary In-Force Premium |
$ | 430,346,815 | $ | 534,804,648 | $ | 637,454,732 | $ | 661,333,845 | $ | 644,628,367 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Citizens |
$ | 30,955,106 | $ | 31,402,552 | $ | 34,536,100 | $ | 213,923,356 | $ | 265,775,112 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total In-Force Premium |
$ | 461,301,921 | $ | 566,207,200 | $ | 671,990,832 | $ | 875,257,201 | $ | 910,403,479 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Non-Independent Agents |
39,773,749 | 68,180,616 | 106,434,018 | 142,385,116 | 165,461,744 | |||||||||||||||
| % of Total Voluntary In-Force Premium |
9 | % | 13 | % | 17 | % | 22 | % | 26 | % | ||||||||||
| Independent Agents |
390,573,066 | 466,624,032 | 531,020,714 | 518,948,729 | 479,166,623 | |||||||||||||||
| % of Total Voluntary In-Force Premium |
91 | % | 87 | % | 83 | % | 78 | % | 74 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total Voluntary In-Force Premium |
$ | 430,346,815 | $ | 534,804,648 | $ | 637,454,732 | $ | 661,333,845 | $ | 644,628,367 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Citizens Depopulations
We opportunistically review and, from time to time, may assume policies from Citizens through the depopulation process, although this is not a primary focus of our policy acquisition efforts. We view pursuing depopulations as an opportunistic strategy to grow our business so long as the policies we assume fit within our underwriting and profitability criteria. Most recently, we pursued depopulations throughout 2025, as we determined that the policies we could assume through these depopulations were attractive from a geographic, structural, underwriting and profitability perspective. Some of these policies assumed in 2025 were assumed after the end of hurricane season, and we view these policies to have had minimal near-term catastrophe risk, and some of these assumptions occurred after our reinsurance renewal date of June 1st, and those policies are covered by our existing reinsurance program at no incremental cost, thereby providing an attractive near-term profitability opportunity in addition to a longer-term opportunity to profitably grow and compound book value and earnings. Overall, policies assumed from Citizens represent $265.8 million of in-force premiums as of September 30, 2025, representing 22.4% of our policies in-force and 29.2% of our premiums in-force as of September 30, 2025. As the pricing gap between our policies and Citizens policies continues to narrow in part due to the new regulatory reform passed at the end of 2022, we expect there to be additional opportunities to assume policies
| 103 |
Table of Contents
from Citizens. However, we expect that the number of policies that we will assume in the future will decrease as the number of policies available with Citizens that fit our profitability criteria decreases.
Underwriting
A disciplined underwriting focus, made possible by proprietary data and bespoke technology systems, is central to our continued success. We continually optimize our rates, forms and point-of-sale underwriting guidelines based on real-time market conditions. We rely on data derived from our technology, our internal processes and our experienced management team to identify trends and modify these underwriting elements accordingly.
Policy Rates
We believe we have a differentiated capability to determine rates at a more localized and granular level than many of our competitors. Our technology system enables us to set rates at the census block level, which we believe provides for highly accurate rate setting and risk selection. We couple this with other attributes tracked in our technology system, including structure characteristics, to enhance our underwriting capabilities. We collaborate with our technology team to implement new rates quickly in response to changing market conditions. Our sophisticated technology system, premier reputation in the market and longstanding relationships with preferred agencies result in our ability to charge rates above the average in our market to ensure long-term profitability. We make pricing decisions that align to acceptable levels of rate adequacy from a regulatory perspective and work effectively with regulators to get necessary filing approvals.
Policy Forms
Although we offer policies under an admitted form, we retain the ability to modify forms with the approval of the FLOIR. We maintain good relations with the FLOIR and believe our track record of making timely, innovative form changes has been a material contributor to our success. Selected examples include:
Roof Wear and Tear. After the Sebo v. American Home Assurance Company ruling in December 2016 determined that claims alleging concurrent losses due to covered and excluded perils could be covered if the policy language did not include language disallowing such claims, we gained approval for a “roof wear and tear” clause that returned our policy contract to a pre-Sebo standard by specifying that damage from a non-insured cause would not be covered.
Cast Iron Pipes. In 2019, our claims department noticed a significant increase in the number of claims related to cast iron pipes, which are particularly susceptible to corrosion in Florida due to the state’s high temperatures and humidity. While low in frequency, these claims have the potential to be significant in severity. Our underwriting team promptly received approval from the FLOIR to modify our policy contract to eliminate this uncovered exposure.
Roof Actual Cash Value. The historic reforms passed by the Florida legislature in December 2022 did not include a return from a “replacement cost” to “actual cash value” standard, exposing us to the possibility of additional Sebo-type claims by requiring us to cover replacement costs regardless of wear and tear occurring over time. Our underwriting team was able to gain approval for a substantive policy form change which includes language to address this issue.
Binding Arbitration. In early 2022, the FLOIR approved our offering of a policy endorsement that offers policyholders a discount of up to 20% in exchange for agreeing to a binding arbitration claims dispute resolution process outside of the court system. The Florida legislature later codified this into law in Senate Bill 2A in December 2022, and it has prevailed in numerous court challenges. We view this favorably as it benefits our customers with discounts, and settling disputes outside of a court room with a jury partially insulates us from the uncertainty of potentially disproportionate verdicts whereby courts award plaintiffs with compensation well in excess of amounts insurers are contractually obligated to pay customers. Since we first enacted this endorsement, approximately 34% of our policyholders have signed up for it as of September 30, 2025.
| 104 |
Table of Contents
Underwriting Guidelines and Filters
Our distribution partners utilize our technology system to quote and bind policies. Our policy administration system incorporates proprietary rating algorithms, underwriting criteria and filters, and third-party data sources to approve only those risks that meet the rigorous underwriting standards of the Company. These standards also manage concentration risk such as the number of residences we insure within the same county, census block, city, and zip code.
Our underwriting department consists of 21 underwriters and 38 client services and billing specialists as of September 30, 2025. Underwriters are assigned to territories in order to specialize and better recognize geographical trends. Our underwriting team uses rules-based algorithms to make an underwriting decision on a majority of policies, with only a limited percentage of policies requiring a decision by an underwriter.
Our policy administration system generates automated quotes, which our underwriters have the authority to manually modify if our distribution partner believes there to be an error in the quote. As the quality of our third-party data and algorithms have improved, the occurrence of needing to manually modify quotes has decreased from approximately 9.0% of quotes for the month of January 2024 to approximately 7.6% of our quotes for the month of January 2025.
Our underwriting team and field sales professionals work closely together, reviewing the portfolios of our independent agent partners and communicating with these agents about any mix of business changes that are needed for achieving profitable growth. We work on agency optimization plans in those cases that involve targeting non-renewals and adjustments to new business mix. Occasionally, we will terminate an agency relationship based on performance standards.
Additionally, our underwriters, working in conjunction with our actuarial and product teams, constantly evaluate our in-force renewal portfolio to ensure these risks continue to meet our current underwriting standards from a rate, guideline and reinsurance perspective. We utilize multiple technology tools to analyze our book of business. Our proprietary data warehouse feeds data into these platforms, which enables us to enhance our underwriting, predict the frequency and severity of catastrophe events, and streamline our claims adjudication. We will target system wide non-renewals of unprofitable business when needed.
Catastrophe Modeling
We incorporate sophisticated catastrophe modeling into our underwriting process and coordinate with our risk management and actuarial departments to ensure our book of business is properly diversified. We are fully self-sufficient from a catastrophe risk analysis perspective and perform these functions in house. Our risk management department regularly analyzes our in-force portfolio to ensure the spread of risk is optimal and aligns with our current strategy. This team leverages the software licensed including Touchstone from AIR (Verisk), Risk Modeler from RMS (Moody’s), RiskInsight from Karen Clark & Company, and Opterrix for weather data along with policy concentration analysis. We also carefully monitor catastrophe events in real time utilizing live event technology functionality, which aids in predicting both frequency and severity of catastrophe events to assist with claim adjudication and proper notification to our reinsurance partners.
Claims Management
Our claims department consisted of 62 employees as of September 30, 2025, who handle all non-catastrophe claims and a portion of catastrophe claims. The claims department is fully integrated with our actuarial, underwriting and product teams to ensure effective communication of any meaningful loss trends.
Our technology automatically assigns incoming claims to adjusters based upon skillset of the adjuster and characteristics of the claim. This allows for the adjudication process to begin sooner and reduces the need to
| 105 |
Table of Contents
reassign claims in the future. Settlement authority increases with seniority within the department, and our policy administration platform automatically adjusts ownership of the claim as reserves thresholds are surpassed. This allows for streamlined service for the policyholder while retaining control and oversight of the loss facts as severity increases.
Further, our technology allows for automation of letter creation to decrease the potential for human error when drafting claim correspondence with policyholders. The system allows for the automated input of key claim characteristics, applicable dates, and most importantly, underlying policy language and terms.
For large-scale loss events, such as hurricanes, we utilize third-party adjusting partners who are carefully selected through an annual request-for-proposal, or RFP, process. Despite using third-party adjusting partners, these catastrophe claims are still closely managed by the claims department to ensure consistency and accuracy of our claims handling.
Our litigation department consisted of an additional 29 employees, including eight licensed attorneys as of September 30, 2025, which has decreased substantially since 2024 as the recent legislative reforms have reduced our frequency of non-catastrophe claims. These employees and attorneys handle all litigated claims either internally or in conjunction with third-party panel counsel partners. We seek to reduce our litigation expenses by settling claims for the amount that we believe we owe. This department also manages all liability claims regardless of litigation status. We are able to manage most claims in-house and only utilize assistance, at times, from third-party administrators following larger catastrophe storms. We believe by maintaining in-house litigation and claims management teams, we can achieve synergies that would be unavailable if these functions were outsourced to third parties.
Subrogation is a component of our total net reserves for losses and LAE. There has been an increase in our efforts to pursue subrogation against third parties responsible for property damage losses to our policyholders. We have engaged a third party to pursue additional subrogation recoveries since 2018 and are seeking to improve subrogation recoveries in the future.
Technology
As a data-driven underwriting company, we rely heavily on our robust technology system. We believe that our technology system differentiates us in the market from our competitors by allowing us to rapidly develop and program rates at a granular level down to the census block, seamlessly integrate application programming interfaces from third-party data providers to enable real-time, front-line underwriting, and produce actionable business intelligence for us to identify emerging trends.
Our policy and claims administration system is Guidewire InsuranceNow, which integrates all of our business units so that our producers, underwriters, claims adjusters and management can view the business through a consistent lens. InsuranceNow is an event-driven platform, with a new quote or first notice of loss initiating our underwriting or claims adjudication processes. We operate under a perpetual license to the service, which we believe is attractive because it is structured so that our internal IT resources can customize our instance of InsuranceNow and integrate several third-party data sources into the platform. This optimizes and enhances the system to our unique specifications.
The ease-of-use of InsuranceNow gives us a competitive advantage with our distribution partners when they choose which carriers to submit business. Our ability to build custom interfaces with our distribution partners, third-party data providers and other stakeholders enhances the rating and underwriting functions of the platform. Lastly, our system’s ability to produce reliable and clean data allows for the usage of our proprietary data warehouse to drive our data-driven decision making.
| 106 |
Table of Contents
Reinsurance and Risk Transfer
We strategically purchase reinsurance from third parties, which we believe enhances our business by protecting our capital from the impact of severe events (including large single event losses and catastrophes), which reduces volatility in our earnings. When an insurance company purchases reinsurance, it transfers or “cedes” all or a portion of its exposure on policies it underwrites to another insurer (the “reinsurer”) in exchange for a premium. Ceding of insurance to the reinsurer, however, does not legally discharge the insurance company from its primary liability of its policies. We remain liable for the entire insured loss if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations to us under the reinsurance agreement.
For the June 1, 2025 to May 31, 2026 catastrophe reinsurance year, our net retention is $35 million for a single event (inclusive of $25 million retained via our segregated cell captive reinsurer), whether a named storm or a severe convective storm, representing 11.2% of our shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2025. “Net retention” refers to our expected losses retained in connection with our reinsurance program. We own a segregated cell captive reinsurer as an offshore segregated cell, and funded it with an original deposit of capital from our holding company in 2023 in the amount of approximately $1.6 million. For 2025, the segregated cell was funded with approximately $7.5 million of profits from the prior year and approximately $41.3 million of ceded premiums from our insurance company. We believe the formation of the segregated cell captive reinsurer was a capital efficient way to offset the rising cost of reinsurance for lower layer coverages, and we believe our use of traditional reinsurance and the captive offers an optimal balance of risk, reward and cost.
Our reinsurance contracts are predominantly one year in length and renew annually throughout the year, primarily in January and June. At each annual renewal, we consider several factors that influence any changes to our reinsurance purchases, including any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, updated loss activity, the level of our capital and surplus, changes in our risk appetite and the cost and availability of reinsurance.
We purchase catastrophe excess of loss (“XOL”), quota share reinsurance, per-risk excess of loss reinsurance and facultative excess of loss reinsurance coverage in order to limit our exposure from losses. Our catastrophe XOL reinsurance provides coverage for catastrophe events, subject to specified exclusions, in excess of a specified amount. This coverage in particular significantly limits our net retained losses in a catastrophe event, provides coverage for multiple catastrophe events and gives us substantial aggregate coverage for a given year. Our quota share reinsurance provides coverage for a specified percentage of our retained liability of non-catastrophe losses. Our property per risk excess of loss and facultative excess of loss reinsurance provide coverage for individual property losses in excess of a retained amount on a single loss occurrence, which we use selectively to supplement limits or to cover risks or perils excluded from other reinsurance contracts such as fire. Our reinsurance program serves to reduce underwriting volatility and increase our overall underwriting capacity. We believe our mix of reinsurance coverage optimizes for efficiency, cost, our risk appetite and the specific factors of the underlying risks we underwrite.
Catastrophe XOL Reinsurance Coverage
We purchase catastrophe XOL reinsurance coverage to mitigate an aggregation of property losses due to a single event or series of events. We believe our current reinsurance program provides expansive coverage, and we believe it provides more coverage compared to the reinsurance coverage purchased by many of our competitors. Despite the current “hard market” in reinsurance of driving higher reinsurance costs, increased primary retentions, more exclusions and reduced capacity, we have managed to retain “multi-peril coverage” which we believe is, in large part, due to our market position and tenure, underwriting track record and reputation for selective underwriting and strong reinsurer relationships. “Multi-peril coverage,” in contrast with named storm coverage that specifically protects against losses caused by named storms only (such as hurricanes or tropical storms), provides us more comprehensive protection against a broad range of risks or perils including, but not limited to, named storms, severe convective storms, earthquake, riots, freezes and firestorms.
| 107 |
Table of Contents
To inform our purchase of catastrophe reinsurance, our risk management team uses third-party stochastic models to analyze the risk of aggregation of losses from catastrophe events. These models provide a quantitative view of our PML, which is an estimate of the level of loss we would expect to experience once in a given number of years, referred to as the return period. Based upon our modeling, it would take an event beyond our 1-in-130 year PML of $1.9 billion, based on the AIR model, to exhaust our approximately $1.9 billion property catastrophe reinsurance coverage, as of June 1, 2025.
The AIR model calculates our losses under multiple scenarios, taking into account potential increases in costs due to the effects of inflation and increased development density (calculated as if the event had occurred on the date the analysis was run), prior to the impact of any take-outs through Citizens, including if certain historical catastrophes were to reoccur. The AIR model is updated on an annual basis. Under our current reinsurance program, because the modeled PML for each of these historical events is less than approximately $1.9 billion, should an event equivalent to any of these historical events reoccur our hypothetical net loss per event would be capped at our current net retention of $35 million as of June 1, 2025 (which includes the amount retained via our segregated cell captive) as demonstrated in the following table, which reflects our gross losses before reinsurance and inclusive of a 20% LAE load, which we believe to be a conservative estimate of our actual LAE on a large event:
| Historical Event |
Modeled PML(1) | |||
| (in millions) | ||||
| 2017 Irma C4 |
$ | 543.5 | ||
| 2004 Charley C4 |
520.5 | |||
| 2004 Jeanne C3 |
323.9 | |||
| 2005 Wilma C3 |
202.2 | |||
| 2018 Michael C5 |
162.7 | |||
| 2004 Ivan C3 |
133.3 | |||
| 1992 Andrew C5 |
118.1 | |||
| 1995 Opal C3 |
103.3 | |||
| 2005 Dennis C3 |
60.4 | |||
| (1) | “Modeled PML” represents loss figures generated by the AIR model for historical events for exposure from our policies in-force as of September 30, 2025 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. |
We believe our current reinsurance program provides coverage well in excess of our theoretical losses from any recorded historical event or season.
Catastrophe XOL Reinsurance Treaty
Our current catastrophe XOL reinsurance program, for the June 1, 2025 to May 31, 2026 catastrophe reinsurance year, has six layers of coverage. For the first catastrophe event in a season, our reinsurance program would provide total coverage up to approximately $1.9 billion after our total net retention of up to $35 million (inclusive of an initial net retention of $10 million and an additional $25 million retained via our segregated cell captive), and for the second catastrophe event, we would have coverage up to $1.5 billion after our initial retention of $35 million (inclusive of an initial net retention of $10 million and an additional $25 million retained via a reinstatement from our segregated cell captive). We partner with over 40 traditional reinsurers for this coverage. For the third and subsequent catastrophe events, our reinsurance program would provide coverage up to $85 million, after our initial retention of $10 million (our segregated cell captive does not retain any liability for a third or fourth catastrophe event). To mitigate potential volatility in reinsurance market conditions, we have prepaid reinstatement premiums or purchased reinstatement premium coverage for all layers that include reinstatement provisions. Reinstatements, where included, provide coverage in the event more than one catastrophe event occurs within one year.
We purchase XOL reinsurance coverage at a June 1st renewal date. At each reinsurance treaty renewal, we consider several factors that influence any changes to our reinsurance purchases, including any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, updated loss activity, the level of our capital and surplus, changes in our risk appetite and the cost and availability of reinsurance.
| 108 |
Table of Contents
We have two reinsurance contracts that include a no claims bonus feature, whereby we can accrue to our benefit the amount of 20% of the original deposit premium in the event we have no or minimal losses to that layer. The maximum benefit we would receive under this contract is $4.0 million, as of June 1, 2025, which would be reflected as lower ceded premiums on our income statement.
We additionally have reinsurance from the FHCF and a named storm inuring layer which inure to all six layers of our coverage. Our FHCF coverage is mandated by the state of Florida and includes an estimated maximum provisional limit of 90% of $485.4 million, or $436.9 million, in excess of our retention and private reinsurance of $272.7 million. A panel of private reinsurers cover the remaining 10% of the $485.4 million loss and LAE. The limit and retention of the FHCF coverage will be subject to upward or downward adjustment based on, among other things, submitted exposures to FHCF by all participants. Our private reinsurance would generally adjust to fill in gaps in the FHCF coverage, if any. Our named storm inuring layer, which was initially mandated by the state of Florida in our 2022-2023 treaty year reinsurance program and then carried over to the 2023 and 2024 programs on a named storm only basis, has been removed. For the 2025-2026 treaty year, the previous named storm inuring layer has been converted back to an all-perils coverage within the traditional reinsurance market and is assumed within our layer three coverage of $143.2 million in excess of $210 million of losses and LAE, providing 20% LAE coverage.
To supplement our reinsurance program, we have placed collateralized catastrophe bonds in the private markets to protect against named storm events in Florida on an indemnity and cascading per-occurrence basis. Our bonds include investments from prominent catastrophe bond investors which we view as a testament to our strong underwriting results throughout our history. In February 2025, we successfully placed a multi-tranche $565 million catastrophe bond, the eighth bond issuance we have sponsored since 2017, having varying maturity dates of June 2027 and June 2028. In March 2024, we successfully placed a multi-tranche $305 million catastrophe bond, the seventh bond issuance we have sponsored since 2017, expiring at the end of May 2026.
Our catastrophe XOL reinsurance is illustrated below:
In addition to the reinsurance purchased by the FHCF, we seek to purchase reinsurance from a high-quality panel of reinsurers that are rated at least “A-” (Excellent) or better by A.M. Best as of our June 1, 2025 renewal or for which
| 109 |
Table of Contents
we hold collateral up to 100% of the reinsurance recoverable. While we only select reinsurers whom we believe to have acceptable credit and A.M. Best ratings, if our reinsurers are unable to pay the claims for which they are responsible, we ultimately retain primary liability to our policyholders. Failure of the reinsurer to honor its obligations could result in losses to us; therefore, we establish allowances for amounts considered uncollectible.
The following table sets forth our most significant reinsurers by amount of reinsurance recoverables and the amount of reinsurance recoverables pertaining to each such reinsurer as well as A.M. Best rating as of September 30, 2025.
| Reinsurer |
Reinsurance Recoverables as of September 30, 2025 ($in thousands) |
A.M. Best Rating as of September 30, 2025 |
||||||
| Horseshoe Re Ltd |
$ | 42,464 | Collateralized | |||||
| Hannover Ruck |
$ | 35,254 | A+ | |||||
| National Liability & Fire Insurance Company |
$ | 30,000 | A++ | |||||
| Ada Re |
$ | 17,068 | Collateralized | |||||
| Renaissance Reinsurance Limited |
$ | 15,477 | A+ | |||||
| DaVinci Reinsurance Limited |
$ | 15,340 | A | |||||
| Arch Re |
$ | 13,143 | A+ | |||||
| Transatlantic Reinsurance Company |
$ | 11,258 | A++ | |||||
| Artex Sac |
$ | 7,760 | Collateralized | |||||
| Everest Reinsurance Company |
$ | 7,210 | A+ | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Top 10 Total |
$ | 194,974 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| All Others |
$ | 146,846 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund |
$ | 30,062 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 371,882 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
The FHCF is a tax-exempt state trust fund that provides reimbursements to residential property insurance companies for a portion of their catastrophic hurricane losses in Florida. The FHCF is neither rated nor collateralized and is designed to be self-supporting (except in extraordinary situations) and funded only with premium revenues paid by residential property insurance companies, investment income, and in some circumstances, revenue bonds backed by emergency assessments on most types of property and casualty insurance premiums. Included in “All others” above are reinsurers that are not rated by A.M. Best but are fully collateralized.
Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance
We have a non-catastrophe quota share reinsurance arrangement with a group of seven major reinsurers, whereby 40% of our gross premiums written (net of premium ceded to XOL reinsurers) and associated losses for the December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 NCQSR reinsurance year are ceded to these counterparties. The quota share reinsurance provides capital support for the gross premiums written ceded under the treaties and mitigates the negative income statement impact of higher than expected attritional losses in a given year by ceding 40% of those unanticipated losses to the reinsurers. This results in an increase in underwriting capacity as our premium to surplus leverage ratio improves given the ceding of these anticipated losses to reinsurers.
We receive a ceding commission from our quota share reinsurers. The minimum ceding commission provides a mechanism for the reinsurers to share in the downside risk of higher-than-expected losses. Additionally, the quota share reinsurance treaties also provide coverage for a pro-rata share of our net retained losses from a catastrophe event subject to a limit of approximately 2.5% of subject premium.
Flood Quota Share Reinsurance
We have a flood quota share agreement with two reinsurers. This represents a 100% quota share of our gross liability for each risk classified as Primary Flood Business. We earn a flat ceding commission of 26% on the gross premiums written ceded to our reinsurers.
| 110 |
Table of Contents
Property Per Risk & Facultative XOL
Concurrent with offering high-value homeowners policies, beginning in 2013 we established a property per risk treaty that provides up to $5 million of reinsurance coverage for non-catastrophe losses from individual policies in excess of $1 million. We then attach facultative reinsurance at a $6 million retention that offers coverage up to $12 million for an individual property. This treaty also inures to the benefit of the quota share treaties. The treaty provides for three reinstatements at no additional cost.
Investments
We collect premiums from our policyholders and hold a portion of these funds in reserves until claims are paid. We then invest these reserves, alongside our net equity capital, primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents to generate stable and predictable investment returns. The portfolio guidelines governing our investment criteria are approved by the Investment Committee of our Board of Directors, consistent with regulatory guidelines for the state of Florida, and our investments are managed by a highly-regarded asset management firm.
Our fixed income portfolio at AIIC totaled $284.9 million as of September 30, 2025 with a weighted average effective duration of 2.19 years and an average credit rating of “A+” (Standard & Poor’s) as of September 30, 2025.
Our invested assets consist primarily of investment-grade and government fixed-maturity securities that we believe provide desired preservation of our capital. Our investments, as of September 30, 2025, were as follows:
Reserves
We take a conservative approach to establishing loss reserves and have historically experienced reserve redundancy (“excess reserves”). When a claim is reported to us or when an event occurs, we establish loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate losses and LAE relating to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. These reserves include estimates of the cost of the claims reported to us (“case reserves”) and estimates of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR”) and are net of estimated related salvage, subrogation recoverables and reinsurance recoverables. Reserves are estimates involving actuarial projections of the expected ultimate cost to settle and administer claims at a given time but are not expected to precisely represent the ultimate liability. Estimates are based upon past loss experience modified for current trends as well as prevailing economic, legal and social conditions. Such estimates will also be based on facts and circumstances then known but are subject to significant uncertainty based on the outcome of various factors, such as future events, future trends in claim severity, inflation and changes in the judicial interpretation of policy provisions relating to the determination of coverage.
| 111 |
Table of Contents
Reserve amounts for IBNR claims are determined based on actuarial analysis of our historical loss experience and claims trends in the overall insurance industry, as well as other factors that could impact the expected frequency and severity of claims. These other factors include lines of business, claims processing procedures, enacted legislation, judicial decisions and other legal developments, and general economic conditions, including economic and social inflation.
Upon first notice of loss, we establish an initial case reserve for all claims. Starting in 2024, we increased the amount that we establish for case reserves from $3,000 to $15,000 per claim for named storms in order to hedge against risk of loss. The claims adjuster handling the claim may then adjust the case reserve up or down as necessary. Our case reserves for all other claims remains at $3,000 per claim. Case reserve amounts are revised following further review of the claim based upon the judgment of the assigned adjuster and following the estimate of damage based upon a physical inspection. As claims mature, reserve estimates are updated as deemed necessary by our claims department based upon additional information received regarding the loss, the results of additional on-site reviews and any other information gathered while reviewing the claim.
We also have a comprehensive reserving program, which utilizes both internal resources and peer review from external sources. We conduct full internal actuarial reviews each quarter and update actual versus expected reserve development on the same basis. By utilizing various reserving methodologies and diagnostics including closing timelines and payment patters, we are able to update the range of potential outcomes for our ultimate claim payouts. Our legal and claims leaders work closely with our internal and external actuaries as they examine the data to ensure that significant patterns and trends are incorporated into the analysis. For example, the modification of our case reserving methodology for catastrophes in 2024 was based on this analysis, which also included a review of historical reserving trends and recent inflation trends.
We are involved in claims-related legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business and accrue estimated amounts of the related unpaid losses and LAE during the period that we determine an unfavorable outcome becomes probable. Aside from claims-related and ordinary course litigation, we are not aware of any pending litigation against us that would have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Competition
The Florida homeowners insurance market is characterized by a distinctive competitive landscape, primarily influenced by the limited presence of national carriers and the significant role of state-backed entities. As of September 30, 2025, national insurance carriers collectively accounted for approximately 25.3% of the market share based on gross premiums written. In contrast, Citizens held approximately 9.9% of the market share, positioning it as the largest individual insurer in Florida.
Within our targeted regions in Florida, we face competition from insurers including Tower Hill Insurance Group, Florida Peninsula Insurance Company, Frontline Insurance Unlimited Company, Southern Oak Insurance Company and Progressive. We have identified our competitors based upon geographical considerations, competition for independent agents, key metrics such as policies in-force, and trends in the industry based on information from our internal sales team.
Ratings
As of September 30, 2025, our insurance entity, AIIC, maintains a Financial Stability Ratio of “A” (Exceptional) by Demotech, a financial analysis firm that has been rating independent, regional and specialty insurance carriers since 1989, and a BBB+ financial strength rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC. Additionally, the Company maintains a BB+ rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.
Intellectual Property
We have applied for various trademark registrations in the United States at both the federal and state levels. We will pursue additional trademark registrations and other intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it
| 112 |
Table of Contents
would be beneficial and cost effective. In addition, we monitor our trademarks and service marks regularly and protect them from unauthorized use as necessary.
Employees
As of September 30, 2025, we had 314 employees, all of whom are full-time employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and have not experienced any work stoppages or strikes as a result of labor disputes. We consider relations with our employees to be good.
We strive to be a leading employer in both our industry and local community. We cultivate a workplace culture centered around our six core corporate values: integrity, commitment, teamwork, humility, passion and fun. Through this culture, we foster a rich diversity of thought, background and perspective, leading to high employee retention and satisfaction. In addition, we offer and maintain an attractive benefits package designed to support the well-being of our employees, including, but not limited to, life, medical, dental and vision insurance, a 401(k) plan, paid time off, family leave, COBRA coverage and employee assistance programs. Our employees are our most valuable asset, and we emphasize their training and continuous personal and professional development and growth through various initiatives including programs run by our Director of Training and potential education reimbursements.
We have been recognized as a leading employer in the insurance industry and our local community. We have been named one of the “Best Places to Work” by Business Insurance from 2014 through 2024. We have also been named a “Top Work Place in Tampa” by the Tampa Bay Times and a “Top Work Place in the USA” based on employee feedback.
Facilities
Our corporate offices and primary insurance operations are located in Tampa, FL where we occupy approximately 57,640 square feet of office space for annual rent and rent-related operating payments of approximately $2.4 million. The term of the lease expires in February 2026. On February 20, 2025, the Company entered into a 152-month lease agreement for approximately 75,000 square feet of new office space, where the Company will gain access to office suites in phases beginning in the first half of 2026. The asset has not been made available for use by the Company, and once made available for use, the Company will record the corresponding right-of-use asset and lease liability. The Company will begin paying rent on the leased space in December 2026 and future minimum lease commitments amount to approximately $45.7 million over the lease term. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
| 113 |
Table of Contents
Regulation
The insurance industry is highly regulated by state insurance regulators. AIIC is subject to the laws and regulations of the state of Florida and any other state where we may seek to do business. The regulatory structure in Florida and other states provides for regulation of virtually all aspects of our business and is generally designed to protect the interests of policyholders, not stockholders. These regulations relate to a variety of matters, both financial and otherwise, including among other things:
| • | capital and surplus requirements; |
| • | RBC requirements; |
| • | dividend limitations; |
| • | investment limitations; |
| • | underwriting limitations; |
| • | writing ratios; |
| • | reserve requirements; |
| • | approval of and restrictions on transactions between insurers and affiliates; |
| • | approval of rates and forms; |
| • | approval of changes in control; |
| • | corporate governance; |
| • | claims practices; |
| • | market conduct; |
| • | approval and sufficiency of reinsurance contracts; |
| • | policyholder service; |
| • | filing of required reports and data call submissions; |
| • | approval of company officers and directors and 10% or more owners; and |
| • | licensing and appointment of agents. |
Florida, like many states, has adopted numerous model laws and regulations as promulgated by the NAIC. State statutes and administrative rules generally require each insurance company that is part of a holding company group to register with the department of insurance in its state of domicile and to furnish information concerning the operations of the companies within the holding company system, which may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the group.
As part of its registration and ongoing regulation under the insurance holding company statutes, each insurance company must identify material agreements, relationships and transactions with affiliates, including without limitation loans, investments, asset transfers, transactions outside of the ordinary course of business, certain management, service, and cost sharing agreements, reinsurance transactions, dividends and consolidated tax allocation agreements. Many of these agreements or transactions require regulatory approval prior to being effectuated.
The Florida legislature is very active in assuring that the Florida Insurance Commissioner has the tools needed to strongly regulate the industry. The 2023 Florida legislature enacted CS/SB 7052, an act related to insurer accountability. This new law substantially increased financial penalties applicable to insurers that do not follow the law, increases the cadence of financial and market conduct examinations, creating detailed standards to determine if an insurer is operating in a hazardous condition and granting enhanced powers to regulate hazardous
| 114 |
Table of Contents
insurers, creating new unfair trade practices, requiring insurers to develop detailed claims manuals, and granting authority to the Florida Insurance Commissioner to review such manuals, and providing funds for regulators to hire more staff to regulate insurers.
Our failure to comply with applicable insurance laws, regulations or requirements in any state could have a material adverse effect on our business, our reputation, our operational results and/or our financial condition.
Insurance Holding Company Laws
The Company, as the ultimate parent company of AIIC, is subject to certain laws of the State of Florida governing insurance holding company systems. These laws, among other things, (i) require us to file periodic information with the FLOIR, including information concerning our capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations, (ii) regulate certain transactions between us and our affiliates, including the amount of dividends and other distributions, the terms of surplus notes and amounts that our affiliates can charge the Insurance Entities for services such as policy administration and claims administration, and (iii) restrict the ability of any one person to acquire certain levels of our voting securities without prior regulatory approval.
The Florida Insurance Code prohibits any person from acquiring control of the Insurance Entities or their holding companies unless that person has filed a notification with specified information with the FLOIR and has obtained the FLOIR’s prior approval. Under the Florida Insurance Code, acquiring 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered an acquisition of control of the insurance company, although such presumption may be rebutted. Some state insurance laws require prior notification to state insurance regulators of an acquisition of control of a non-domiciliary insurance company doing business in that state.
Insurance holding company regulations also govern the amount any affiliate of the holding company may charge AIIC for services (e.g., claims adjustment, administration, management fees and commissions). Further, insurance holding company regulations may also require prior approval of insurance regulators for amendments to or terminations of certain affiliate agreements.
Own-risk Solvency Assessment and Model Audit Rule Compliance and Costs
Florida statutes require insurers to file ORSA summary reports annually. The ORSA is an internal assessment, tailored to the nature, scale, and complexity of an insurer or insurance group, conducted by that insurer or insurance group, of the material and relevant risks associated with the business plan of an insurer or insurance group and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. Insurers that exceed $500 million in gross premiums written may be subjected to additional reporting and compliance requirements and costs.
In addition, the NAIC promulgated a Model Audit Rule, which places additional compliance duties and costs on insurers that exceed $500 million in direct premiums written. This rule includes the establishment of additional internal controls, disclosing unremediated material weaknesses and analysis of any limitations of internal control.
As AIIC grows, and exceeds these premium thresholds, additional costs and duties under these statutes and rules must be implemented.
Capital Requirements
State insurance authorities monitor insurance companies’ solvency and capital requirements using various statutory requirements and industry ratios. Initially, states require minimum capital levels based on the lines of business written by a company and set requirements regarding the ongoing amount and composition of capital. Certain state regulators also require state deposits in their respective states. As a company grows, additional
| 115 |
Table of Contents
capital measures and standards may be implemented by a regulator. Regulatory authorities use an RBC model published by the NAIC to monitor and regulate the capital adequacy and solvency of licensed property and casualty insurance companies. These guidelines measure three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers: (i) underwriting risks, which encompass the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing, (ii) declines in asset values arising from credit risk and (iii) other business risks. Most states, including Florida, have enacted the NAIC guidelines as statutory requirements, and insurers having less surplus than required by applicable statutes and ratios are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending on the level of capital inadequacy.
Solvency Regulation
Solvency requirements are statutorily prescribed by each state and evaluated primarily according to the requirements of the domiciliary (home) state of the insurer. Insurers are subject to specific accounting rules known as statutory accounting, which is a conservative methodology designed to admit only those assets that can be quickly converted to cash to pay insurance claims. As a result, there are significant limitations on asset classes and whether those assets can be counted on the company’s balance sheet. Many assets that anchor the balance sheets of non-insurance companies, such as real estate, goodwill, older receivables, intangible assets, etc., are excluded from an insurance company’s balance sheet.
Insurers are subject to ongoing financial analysis predominantly by their state of domicile but also to a more limited degree by each state in which they conduct business. This includes the filing of quarterly and annual financial statements in a prescribed format, compliance with RBC requirements which measure the insurer’s level of capital to determine if it is adequate in proportion to its risk, the filing of holding company registration statements, and a host of other financial solvency reporting requirements. Insurers are also subject to regularly scheduled or targeted financial examinations, which may be conducted by the domiciliary state or any state in which the company is licensed. The results of financial examinations are disclosed in a final report of examination, which is a public document.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
As a holding company with no significant business operations of its own, we rely on dividend payments from our subsidiaries as our principal source of cash to pay stockholder dividends, support subsidiary operations and development, and meet our short-and long-term obligations. Dividends paid by our subsidiaries other than AIIC are not subject to the statutory restrictions set forth in the Florida Insurance Code.
State insurance laws govern the payment of dividends by insurance companies. The maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies such as AIIC without prior approval of the commissioner of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus. The maximum dividend that may be paid by AIIC to its immediate parent company without prior approval is limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end.
Market Conduct Regulation
Insurers are also subject to market conduct examination in their home state or in any state in which they do business to determine compliance with each state’s insurance laws and rules or regulations. These examinations focus on such areas as claims payment practices, consumer complaints, marketing activities, rate and form issues, governance and other compliance activities. These examinations may be regularly scheduled or targeted market conduct examinations. The results of market conduct examinations are also disclosed in a final report, which is a public document.
Rate and Form Regulation
Most states regulate the content of policy forms to ensure that they comply with applicable statutory provisions and do not contain unfair or deceptive provisions; Florida and most states require the policy forms to be filed and
| 116 |
Table of Contents
approved prior to use. Florida and most states also regulate the rate that an insurer can charge for coverage to determine that the rates are “not excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory” and require that the rates be approved prior to use.
Florida’s Property Insurance Litigation Environment
Data contained in the NAIC’s 2021 Market Conduct Annual Statement (“MCAS”) report reflected that while Florida accounted for 8% of homeowners insurance claims filed nationwide in 2019, Florida accounted for 76% of homeowners litigation initiated nationwide. Florida lawmakers convened two special sessions in 2022 to address property insurance reform, including measures to improve the litigation environment. Senate Bill 2-A (“SB 2A”), which passed in December of 2022, included a provision which eliminated the right to attorneys’ fees under a residential or commercial property insurance policy. The latest MCAS report as of 2022 reflected that Florida accounted for 14.9% of homeowners insurance claims filed nationwide with 70.8% of homeowners litigation nationwide. The inordinate levels of litigation in Florida have largely been driven by the historic requirement mandating attorneys’ fees be paid by the insurance company if a claimant litigates and obtains even one dollar more than what the insurance company offered in its claim settlement. Policyholders that litigate and lose, however, have not historically been bound to pay the insurer any attorneys’ fees, creating a perverse incentive for individual plaintiffs lawyers to file hundreds, and many times thousands of cases netting small dollar awards for consumers, but substantial attorneys’ fees for the lawyers. SB 2A eliminated these “one-way attorneys’ fees” bringing Florida in line with most other states.
The 2023 Florida legislature clarified SB 2A by enacting a provision mandating that the elimination of the one-way attorneys’ fees apply prospectively on policies that renewed after SB 2A’s effective date, and which also had a claim filed on the renewed policy. As a result, plaintiffs’ lawyers have filed an unprecedented number of lawsuits on claims occurring under the pendency of the old one-way attorneys’ fee law, including claims involving losses in Hurricane Ian, which made landfall as a Category 5 storm in September 2022. Information provided by the Florida Department of Financial Services, which must be provided service of process in all insurance related litigation, indicates that service of process accepted by the Florida Department of Financial Services on behalf of insurance companies dropped 33% in 2024 to 24%, compared to 2023. In addition, AIIC experienced a decline in non-hurricane related claims lawsuits between December 2022 and December 2023 of 70%, as each month during that 12-month period policies renewed and new claims occurring during that period were subjected to the new law. All policies are now subject to the new law for claims occurring from this point forward.
Underwriting and Marketing Restrictions
From time to time, regulatory and legislative bodies in Florida and in other states have adopted or proposed new laws or regulations to address the cyclical nature of the insurance industry, catastrophic events and insurance capacity and pricing. These regulations (i) restrict certain policy non-renewals or cancellations and require advance notice on certain policy non-renewals and (ii) from a practical standpoint, limit or delay rate changes for a specified period during or after a catastrophe event. Most states, including Florida, also have insurance laws requiring that rate schedules and other information be filed for review by the insurance regulatory authority. The insurance regulatory authority may disapprove a rate filing if it finds that the proposed rates would be inadequate, excessive or unfairly discriminatory. Rates, which are not necessarily uniform for all insurers, vary by many factors including class of business, hazard covered, risk location, reinsurance cost, incurred losses and size of risk.
Most states, including Florida, require licensure or insurance regulatory authority approval prior to the marketing of new insurance products. Typically, licensure review is comprehensive and includes a review of a company’s business plan, solvency, reinsurance, character and experience of its officers and directors, rates, forms and other financial and non-financial aspects of the company. The insurance regulatory authorities may prohibit entry into a new market by not granting a license or by withholding approval for an insurer to write new lines of business.
| 117 |
Table of Contents
The Company is subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight and regulations, which include periodic reporting to regulators and regulatory examinations to assure the Company maintains compliance with statutory requirements, and the payment of fees, premium taxes and assessments in order to maintain its licenses.
Privacy and Information Security Regulation
Federal and state laws and regulations require certain business entities to protect the security and confidentiality of non-public personal information and to notify policyholders and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. The NAIC issued a model law on cybersecurity, which is leading to adoption of the same or similar provisions in the states where we do business. In addition, some states have adopted, and others might adopt, cybersecurity regulations that differ from proposed model acts or from the laws enacted in other states. Federal and state lawmakers and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of non-public personal information.
| 118 |
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers:
| Name |
Age | Position | ||||
| Robert Ritchie |
67 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||||
| David Clark |
54 | Chairman and Director | ||||
| Jon Ritchie |
41 | President | ||||
| Ben Lurie |
47 | Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer | ||||
| Steven Smathers |
75 | Director | ||||
| Ernest N. Csiszar |
75 | Director | ||||
| Steven B. Mathis |
58 | Director | ||||
Robert Ritchie is our Founder. He has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on the Board of Directors since the founding of AIIG in 2006. He serves in the same positions with our subsidiaries. Mr. Ritchie has more than 40 years of experience in the insurance industry, leading and building various businesses ranking from startups to large national insurance companies. Mr. Ritchie leveraged his insurance expertise and leadership acumen to establish AIIG following an unprecedented hurricane season in 2004 that resulted in many insurance companies exiting the Florida market. Mr. Ritchie served as Executive Vice President for American Modern Insurance Group (now part of Munich Re) from 2003 to 2006 and previously as Senior Vice President for GE Insurance Solutions, as part of Employers Reinsurance Corporation. His previous experience includes leadership positions as Senior Vice President at CNA Insurance, Regional Vice President at AIG and Regional Vice President at The Home Insurance Company. His early career includes positions with Zurich Insurance. Mr. Ritchie has a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Evansville. After more than three decades in the insurance industry, Mr. Ritchie brings deep industry experience, knowledge and leadership to the Company.
We believe Mr. Ritchie is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive leadership experience and expertise within the insurance industry.
David Clark has served as our Chairman since July 2006, and serves as a Managing Director of Sowell & Co., a family office where he has worked since 1999. In this capacity, he has served on the boards of numerous companies including Savantis Solutions LLC from 2014 to present, BEST Engineered Surface Technologies, LLC from 2018 to present, Ace Aeronautics, LLC from 2015 to 2022, CareCycle Solutions, LLC from 2004 to 2016 and Sergeant’s Pet Care Products Inc from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Clark earned a Bachelor of Business Administration (Finance) and a Bachelor of Arts (Plan II) from the University of Texas at Austin. After working as a consultant for McKinsey & Co., Mr. Clark earned a Master of Management from Northwestern University’s J.L. Kellogg School of Management.
We believe Mr. Clark is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive leadership experience from serving on multiple boards of directors.
Jon Ritchie has served as our President since November 2024 and in the same position with our subsidiaries with a wide range of experience, and previously served as Chief Operating Officer of AIIG from 2019 to November 2024. Through his leadership roles with the Company, Mr. Ritchie has experience in marketing, risk management, products, actuarial, IT, underwriting and special project departments. Mr. Ritchie has been with the Company since 2009 serving as Executive Vice President of Operations, Senior Vice President of Corporate and Business Development, Data Operations Director, Financial Analyst, Marketing Specialist and Product Analyst. Mr. Ritchie has a Bachelor of Science in Finance from DePaul University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the Indiana University Kelley School of Business.
Ben Lurie has been with us since 2017 in a variety of roles, including most recently as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2024, and as a Director, Vice President and Secretary of AIIG since 2017. Mr. Lurie has
| 119 |
Table of Contents
served as a Director of AIIC since June 2017, Executive Vice President and Secretary since 2021, Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary from 2017 to 2020. Mr. Lurie has served as Director, Vice President and Secretary of AIMGA since June 2017. Mr. Lurie has served as Manager, Vice President and Secretary of PIC since 2019. Mr. Lurie has extensive management experience and also served as Chief Financial Officer of Sowell & Co. from 2024 to January 2025 and holds numerous officer and director positions with its portfolio companies. Mr. Lurie holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the A.B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University.
Steven Smathers has served as a Director of the Company since May 2025 and a Director of AIIC since 2006 and serves as a consultant of Sowell & Co., a family office where he has worked since 1991. Mr. Smathers has served as the President and a Director of Perfect IP, LLC, and the same positions with its subsidiaries since 2013. Mr. Smathers has served as a Manager of Catalyst Lab Solutions, LLC since 2017 and served as a Vice President and Secretary with the company from 2017 to 2021. Mr. Smathers served as the Chairman of the Board and President of Integrity Wireline, LLC from 2017 to 2023. Mr. Smathers has served as a Managing Director for Eye Corps, Inc. since 2017. Mr. Smathers has a Bachelor of Science from the Ohio State University and a Doctor of Jurisprudence from the Ohio State University Moritz College of Law.
We believe Mr. Smathers is qualified to serve as a Director due to his extensive leadership experience with American Integrity.
Ernest N. Csiszar has served as a Director of the Company since May 2025 and as a Director of AIIC since 2012. Mr. Csiszar has served on the board of directors of MasTec Inc. since 2006 and Patriot National, Inc. from 2017 to 2018. Mr. Csiszar served as a Director of the property and casualty insurers, Guarantee Insurance Group, Inc. and Ashmere Insurance Group, Inc., from 2011 to 2016 and 2016 to 2017, respectively. Mr. Csiszar served as Chief Executive Officer of the property and casualty insurance carrier, Seibels Bruce Group, Inc., from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Csiszar also served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Property and Casualty Insurers Association of America from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Csiszar served as Director of Insurance for the State of South Carolina from 1999 to 2004. Mr. Csiszar served as the President of the NAIC in 2004. Mr. Csiszar continues to be active in the insurance industry as a consultant and as an expert witness in a variety of property and casualty and life insurance cases. Mr. Csiszar holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics and in Philosophy and a LL.B. in law and jurisprudence from the University of Windsor.
We believe Mr. Csiszar is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his leadership experience serving on multiple boards of directors and his expertise in the insurance industry from leadership positions as regulator and with other insurance carriers.
Steven B. Mathis has served as a Director of the Company since May 2025 and as a Director of AIIC since 2023 and has worked in property casualty finance and accounting for his entire career of more than 35 years. Mr. Mathis has served as Partner, Owner and Chief Financial Officer of Colonial Consulting Group, Inc., which provides financial consulting services to the insurance industry as well as tax consulting to the healthcare industry, since 2008. Mr. Mathis served as the Vice President – Planning & Treasurer for American Safety Insurance Holdings, Ltd. and American Safety Insurance Services, Inc. from 2005 to 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 1998 to 2005 where he was responsible for financial and treasury functions that included three property and casualty insurance company, a reinsurance company and real estate development subsidiaries. Mr. Mathis also served as the Controller for American Safety Insurance Services, Inc. from 1992 to 1998 where he was responsible for the coordination of financial reporting. Mr. Mathis holds Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Georgia.
We believe Mr. Mathis is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive experience in the property and casualty insurance industry and his expertise over financial reporting and public company oversight.
| 120 |
Table of Contents
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors, which consists of five members. Our Charter provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, the number of directors on our Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms, subject to the declassification discussed below.
| • | Our Class I director is Steven Smathers; |
| • | Our Class II directors are Ernest N. Csiszar and Steven B. Mathis; and |
| • | Our Class III directors are Robert Ritchie and David Clark. |
At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2026, the initial term of office of any Class I directors shall expire, and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2027, the initial term of office of any Class II directors shall expire, and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2028, the initial term of office of any Class III directors shall expire, and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing on the Sunset Date, the classification of the Board of Directors shall fully terminate, and all directors shall be of one class and elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Family Relationships
Robert Ritchie, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, is the father of Jon Ritchie, our President. There are no other familial relationships among our directors or executive officers.
Director Independence
Our Board of Directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a relationship with us that could compromise that director’s ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director’s responsibilities. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that Ernest N. Csiszar, Steven B. Mathis and Steven Smathers are each an “independent director,” as defined under the NYSE rules, and our Board of Directors consists of a majority of independent directors in accordance with the NYSE listing rules. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining his independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors has an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), a nominating and corporate governance committee (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) and a compensation committee (the
| 121 |
Table of Contents
“Compensation Committee”), and we may have such other committees as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time. Each of the standing committees of the Board of Directors has the composition and responsibilities described below.
Audit Committee
We have established an Audit Committee consisting of Steven B. Mathis (Chair), Ernest N. Csiszar and Steven Smathers, each of whom is independent under SEC rules and the NYSE listing standards. Our Audit Committee consists solely of independent directors in accordance with the NYSE listing rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. SEC rules also require that a public company disclose whether its audit committee has an “audit committee financial expert” as a member. An “audit committee financial expert” is defined as a person who, based on his or her experience, possesses the attributes outlined in such rules. We have determined that Steven B. Mathis and Ernest N. Csiszar each satisfy the definition of “audit committee financial expert.”
Our Audit Committee oversees, reviews, acts on and reports on various auditing and accounting matters to our Board of Directors, including the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the Audit Committee oversees our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements and is responsible for the review and approval of related party transactions. We have adopted an audit committee charter defining the Audit Committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
We have established a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consisting of Ernest N. Csiszar (Chair) and Steven Smathers, each of whom is independent under the NYSE listing standards. As required by the NYSE listing standards, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists solely of independent directors. This committee identifies, evaluates and recommends qualified nominees to serve on our Board of Directors; develops and oversees our internal corporate governance processes; and maintains a management succession plan. We adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter defining the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Compensation Committee
We have established a Compensation Committee consisting of Steven Smathers (Chair) and Steven B. Mathis, each of whom is independent under the NYSE listing standards. Our Compensation Committee consists solely of independent directors in accordance with the NYSE listing rules. This committee establishes salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees and will administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. We adopted a compensation committee charter defining the Compensation Committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. No member of our Board of Directors is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.
Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect us. This oversight function is conducted primarily through committees of our Board of Directors, but the full Board of Directors retains
| 122 |
Table of Contents
responsibility for general oversight of risks. The Audit Committee is charged with oversight of our system of internal controls and risks relating to financial reporting, legal, regulatory and accounting compliance. Our Board of Directors continues to satisfy its oversight responsibility through full reports from the Audit Committee chair regarding the committee’s considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within our Company.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our Board of Directors adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable United States federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable United States federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Our Board of Directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.
| 123 |
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
We are currently considered an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. Accordingly, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to the following Named Executive Officers (each an “NEO”), which are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 (the “2024 Fiscal Year”) and our next two most highly compensated executive officers at the end of the 2024 Fiscal Year.
| Name |
Principal Position, During 2024 | |
| Robert Ritchie | Chief Executive Officer | |
| Jon Ritchie | President | |
| David Clark | Chairman |
2024 Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs for the 2024 Fiscal Year.
| Name and |
Year | Salary ($) (1) |
Bonus ($) (2) |
Stock Awards ($) |
Option Awards ($) |
Nonequity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
All Other Compensation ($) (3) |
Total ($) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie |
2024 | 750,000 | 1,125,000 | — | — | — | — | 1,875,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Jon Ritchie |
2024 | 600,000 | 767,500 | — | — | — | 12,000 | 1,379,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| David Clark |
2024 | 402,604 | 843,750 | — | — | — | — | 1,246,354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Amounts in this column reflect the base salary earned by each NEO in the 2024 Fiscal Year. |
| (2) | Amounts in this column reflect distributions approved by the Board of Directors discussed herein earned by each NEO in the 2024 Fiscal Year. We provide additional information regarding the discretionary bonuses in “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table – Discretionary Bonuses” below. |
| (3) | Amounts reported for Mr. Jon Ritchie include an auto allowance of $12,000. |
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
2024 Salaries
Each of our NEOs receives an annual base salary to compensate the executive for services rendered to us. The annual base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities. Robert Ritchie’s, Jon Ritchie’s and David Clark’s base salaries earned in 2024 were $750,000, $600,000 and $402,604, respectively.
The “Salary” column of the Summary Compensation Table above shows the actual base salaries paid to each NEO in 2024.
Equity Compensation
Historically, we have not maintained an equity incentive plan for our NEOs, and during the year ended December 31, 2024, we did not grant any equity or equity-based awards to our NEOs.
| 124 |
Table of Contents
Pre-IPO Employment Agreements
Prior to entering into a new employment agreement with Mr. Robert Ritchie following our IPO, we were party to an employment agreement with Mr. Robert Ritchie that was originally entered into on June 23, 2006. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Robert Ritchie was entitled to receive a base salary of no less than $275,000 annually, which the Board of Directors reviewed annually, and increased to a total of $750,000 for 2024, and paid vacation and was eligible to participate in our standard benefit plans. Mr. Robert Ritchie was also eligible to receive an annual bonus upon the achievement of certain financial goals set by the Board of Directors prior to the beginning of each bonus period. The employment agreement also included a confidentiality provision, a non- competition provision that applied during employment and for five years thereafter, and an employee and customer non-solicitation provision that applied during employment and for five years thereafter.
If Mr. Robert Ritchie was terminated without cause or resigned for good reason (each, as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Robert Ritchie was eligible to receive his salary and benefits (as defined in the employment agreement) through 12 months from the date of his termination, provided that he did not accept another position during the term during which severance payments are being made.
Prior to entering into a new employment agreement with Mr. Jon Ritchie following our IPO, we were party to an employment agreement with Mr. Jon Ritchie, which was originally entered into on May 31, 2019. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Jon Ritchie was originally entitled to receive a base salary of $325,000 annually, which was increased to $600,000 for 2024, was entitled paid vacation and was eligible to participate in our standard benefit plans. Mr. Jon Ritchie was also eligible to receive an annual bonus, payable at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors and only if the Company met financial targets set by the Board of Directors and Mr. Jon Ritchie met performance goals established by the Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement included a confidentiality provision, a non-competition provision that applied during employment and for 12 months thereafter, and an employee and customer non-solicitation provision that applied during employment and for two years thereafter.
If Mr. Jon Ritchie was terminated without cause (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Jon Ritchie was eligible to receive an amount equal to 12 months of his annual salary at the rate in effect at the time the notice of termination was given.
Discretionary Bonuses
Certain of our executives, including the NEOs, receive discretionary bonuses approved by the Board of Directors for performance during each year. The Company pays annual discretionary distribution bonuses to qualifying executives from the pool of profits earned as of December 31 of each year. In 2024, the Company paid $1,125,000, $642,500 (not including amounts under the PPP (as defined below)) and $843,750 to Messrs. Robert Ritchie, Jon Ritchie and David Clark, respectively.
Profit Participation Plan
Mr. Jon Ritchie’s prior employment agreement contained provisions providing for discretionary bonus payments that we refer to as a Profit Participation Plan (“PPP”). Under the PPP, the Company made payments to the qualifying executive within 45 days of any of the following circumstances: (i) the Company made a cash distribution to the unitholders and if the GAAP book value of the Company remained in excess of the hurdle value (the “Hurdle Value”) after such distribution took place, which such Hurdle Value was initially set at approximately $24.2 million subject to certain adjustments made over time; or (ii) if the Company was sold or engaged in a change of control event, as defined in the prior employment agreement of the qualifying executive. Under each individual PPP, the qualifying executive was entitled to PPP payments only so long as the relevant subsidiary employed such executive. Mr. Jon Ritchie received a discretionary bonus under the PPP of $125,000 in 2024.
| 125 |
Table of Contents
Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Benefits
We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we make safe harbor matching contributions in the 401(k) plan up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan and making fully vested matching contributions adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our NEOs, in accordance with our compensation policies.
Health and Welfare Benefits and Perquisites
All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits (including telemedicine and a high-deductible health plan with a health savings account); health and dependent care flexible spending accounts; short-term and long-term disability insurance; critical illness and accident insurance; and life and AD&D insurance.
We believe that the perquisites described in the Summary Compensation Table above are necessary and appropriate to fairly compensate and incentivize our NEOs.
No Tax Gross-ups
We did not make gross-up payments to cover our NEOs personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation paid or provided by us during 2024.
Compensation Arrangements in Effect Following Our Initial Public Offering
Current Employment Agreements
We entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Robert Ritchie, Jon Ritchie, David Clark and Ben Lurie in connection with our IPO (the “Post-IPO Employment Agreements”), each of which became effective as of May 7, 2025. Each Post-IPO Employment Agreement has a three-year initial term, with automatic one-year term renewals (unless either party gives timely written notice of non-renewal).
Pursuant to the Post-IPO Employment Agreements, each of our executive officers are entitled to receive an annual base salary as set forth in the table below. In addition, each is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target amount as set forth in the table below, which annual cash bonuses may be earned based on the achievement of certain Company and/or individual performance goals, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the bonus payment date. Additionally, beginning on January 1, 2026, each of our NEOs will be eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive plan award on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee shall determine in their sole discretion.
| 126 |
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the title, annual base salary, target annual bonus amount, and target long-term incentive plan award amount for each executive officer entering into a Post-IPO Employment Agreement:
| Individual |
Title | Annual Base Salary ($) |
Target Annual Bonus ($) |
Target Long-Term Incentive Plan Award ($) |
||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie |
Chief Executive Officer | $ | 925,000 | $ | 1,250,000 | * | ||||||||
| Jon Ritchie |
President | $ | 750,000 | $ | 500,000 | * | ||||||||
| David Clark |
Chairman | $ | 750,000 | $ | 500,000 | * | ||||||||
| Ben Lurie |
Chief Financial Officer | $ | 450,000 | $ | 400,000 | * | ||||||||
| * | Target Long-Term Incentive Plan Award to be set commencing with the calendar year beginning January 1, 2026, on the terms and conditions as the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee shall determine in their sole discretion. |
Pursuant to their employment agreements, each of our NEO’s are eligible to receive cash annual incentive bonus amounts determined based on Company financial metrics and thresholds set by our Board of Directors. The 2025 performance period runs from January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025, and our NEOs are eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus in accordance with the following schedule (50% based on return on equity and 50% based on the combined ratio).
| Performance Metrics |
Threshold |
Target |
Maximum | |||
| Return on equity(1) |
4% | 8% | 12% | |||
| Combined ratio(2) |
98% | 94% | 90% |
| (1) | Return on equity is the Company’s net income divided by the average beginning and ending shareholders’ equity during the applicable period. All calculations of ROE will be based on GAAP, and as determined and adjusted by the Compensation Committee. |
| (2) | Combined ratio is the sum of (i) the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees for the performance period (the “loss ratio”) and (ii) the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees for the performance period (the “expense ratio”). |
The payout percentage will be interpolated for performance between threshold and target and for performance between target and maximum. There will be no payout if the threshold performance level is not reached. Based on the performance metrics and thresholds set forth above, each NEO will be eligible to receive a percentage of their target annual bonus as set forth below.
| Name |
Threshold |
Target |
Maximum | |||
| Robert Ritchie |
67.5% | 135% | 270% | |||
| Jon Ritchie |
33.5% | 67% | 134% | |||
| David Clark |
33.5% | 67% | 134% | |||
| Ben Lurie |
44.5% | 89% | 178% |
Each of the executive officers is eligible to participate in the group health, plan, disability plan, group life plan, and any other benefit or welfare program or policy that is made generally available, from time to time, to other employees of the Company, on a basis consistent with such participation and subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents.
Pursuant to the Post-IPO Employment Agreements, if the employment of the applicable executive officer is terminated by us without “Cause” or by such executive for “Good Reason” (each, as defined in the applicable
| 127 |
Table of Contents
Post-IPO Employment Agreement), the executive officer will receive the following severance payments and benefits in addition to the Accrued Obligations (as defined in the applicable Post-IPO Employment Agreement): (i) an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) such executive’s base salary as of immediately prior to such termination of employment and (y) such executive’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in equal installments over the 24-month period following the termination date; (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of the cost of such executive’s and his eligible dependents’ COBRA premiums for the coverage in effect immediately prior to such termination of employment; and (iii) the annual bonus paid to such executive for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year of such termination to the extent unpaid prior to such termination of employment and to be paid at the same time as if no such termination of employment had occurred (the “Prior Year Bonus”).
If such executive officer’s employment terminates due to his death or disability, the executive (or his estate) will be eligible to receive (i) the Accrued Obligations, (ii) the Prior Year Bonus, and (iii) accelerated vesting (and for restricted stock units and similar awards, accelerated settlement) of all equity and equity-based awards (provided that any performance-based award shall be settled assuming the target level of performance was achieved, unless prior to such termination, a higher level of performance was certified by the Compensation Committee, in which case settlement shall occur at such higher level of achievement).
The severance payments and benefits described above (other than the Accrued Obligations) are subject to the executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in our favor and continued compliance with customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation requirements (as described below).
Each of our executive officers are subject to customary confidential information and proprietary information restrictions that apply indefinitely, as well as a non-competition covenant, an employee non-solicitation covenant and a customer non-solicitation covenant, each of which applies during the executive’s employment with us and for two years following the executive’s termination of employment; provided that Mr. Lurie and Mr. Clark shall each be permitted to continue to provide consulting services to Sowell & Co. at the same levels and in the same manner as each has provided such services prior to the effective date of each of their respective Post-IPO Employment Agreements.
Restricted Stock Grant
In connection with our IPO, we net issued 417,470 shares of Common Stock in connection with grants of restricted stock outside of our long-term incentive plan to certain of our officers and employees, after giving effect to the withholding of approximately 234,587 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations. These grants were made to certain of our executive officers and employees, including Mr. Jon Ritchie who received 157,706 shares of Common Stock, net, after giving effect to the withholding of 102,321 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations and Mr. Lurie who received 78,852 shares of Common Stock, net, after giving effect to the withholding of 51,161 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2025 Incentive Plan”) for employees, contractors and non-employee directors was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted by us simultaneously with our IPO on May 7, 2025 (the “Effective Date”). Unless sooner terminated by our Board of Directors, the 2025 Incentive Plan will terminate and expire on the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date. No award may be made under the 2025 Incentive Plan after its expiration date, but awards made prior thereto may extend beyond that date.
The purpose of the 2025 Incentive Plan is to provide an incentive for employees, directors and certain consultants and advisors of the Company or its subsidiaries to remain in the service of the Company or its subsidiaries, to
| 128 |
Table of Contents
extend to them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company so that they will apply their best efforts for the benefit of the Company, and to aid the Company in attracting able persons to enter the service of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 2025 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock units, performance awards, restricted stock awards and other cash and equity-based awards.
Share Authorization. Subject to certain adjustments, the number of the Company’s shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan is 2,175,758 shares. One hundred percent of the available shares may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options.
Shares to be issued may be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, shares of Common Stock held by the Company in its treasury, or shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise. During the term of the 2025 Incentive Plan, the Company will at all times reserve and keep enough shares of Common Stock available to satisfy the requirements of the 2025 Incentive Plan. If an award under the 2025 Incentive Plan is canceled, forfeited or expires, in whole or in part, the shares subject to such forfeited, expired or canceled award may again be awarded under the 2025 Incentive Plan.
Awards that may be satisfied either by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or by cash or other consideration shall be counted against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the 2025 Incentive Plan only during the period that the award is outstanding or to the extent the award is ultimately satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable pursuant to an award that are withheld upon exercise or vesting of an award for purposes of paying the exercise price or tax withholdings shall be treated as delivered to the participant and shall be counted against the maximum number of available shares. Awards will not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued, however, if the settlement of the award will not require the issuance of shares of Common Stock. Only shares forfeited back to the Company, shares canceled on account of termination, or expiration or lapse of an award, shall again be available for grant of incentive stock options under the 2025 Incentive Plan, but shall not increase the maximum number of shares described above as the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options.
Administration. The 2025 Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of the Board of Directors as may be designated by the Board of Directors. Membership on the Compensation Committee shall be limited to independent directors who are “non-employee directors” in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Compensation Committee may delegate certain duties to one or more officers of the Company as provided in the 2025 Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will determine the persons to whom awards are to be made, determine the type, size and terms of awards, interpret the 2025 Incentive Plan, establish and revise rules and regulations relating to the 2025 Incentive Plan and make any other determinations that it believes necessary for the administration of the 2025 Incentive Plan.
Eligibility. Employees (including any employee who is also a director or an officer), contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company or its subsidiaries whose judgment, initiative and efforts contributed to or may be expected to contribute to the successful performance of the Company are eligible to participate in the 2025 Incentive Plan. No non-employee director may be granted any awards denominated in shares that exceed in the aggregate $1,000,000 in fair market value (such fair market value computed as of the date of grant) in any calendar year period that, plus an additional $1,000,000 in fair market value (determined as of the date of grant) for one-time awards to a newly appointed or elected non-employee director.
Financial Effect of Awards. The Company will receive no monetary consideration for the granting of awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan, unless otherwise provided when granting restricted stock or restricted stock units. The Company will receive no monetary consideration other than the option price for shares of Common Stock issued to participants upon the exercise of their stock options, and the Company will receive no monetary consideration upon the exercise of SARs.
| 129 |
Table of Contents
Stock Options. The Committee may grant either incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code or non-qualified stock options, provided that only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (excluding subsidiaries that are not corporations) are eligible to receive incentive stock options. Stock options may not be granted with an option price less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the stock option is granted. If an incentive stock option is granted to an employee who owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The Committee will determine the terms of each stock option at the time of grant, including without limitation, the methods by or forms in which shares will be delivered to participants. The maximum term of each option, the times at which each option will be exercisable, and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised options at or following termination of employment or service generally are fixed by the Committee, except that the Committee may not grant stock options with a term exceeding 10 years.
Recipients of stock options may pay the option exercise price (i) cash or check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company, (ii) Common Stock (including restricted stock) owned by the recipient on the exercise date, valued at its fair market value on the exercise date, and which the recipient has not acquired from the Company within six months prior to the exercise date, (iii) by delivery (including by FAX or electronic transmission) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form (or, to the extent permitted by the Company, exercise instructions, which may be communicated in writing, telephonically, or electronically) together with irrevocable instructions from the recipient to a broker or dealer, reasonably acceptable to the Company, to sell certain of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the stock option and promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale proceeds necessary to pay such purchase price, (iv) by requesting the Company to withhold the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the stock option by the number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price at the time of exercise (i.e., a cashless net exercise), and/or (v) in any other form of valid consideration that is acceptable to the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant SARs as a standalone award (or freestanding SARs), or in conjunction with stock options granted under the 2025 Incentive Plan (or tandem SARs). A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price. The exercise price may be equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may place a ceiling on the amount payable on the exercise of a SAR, but any such limitation shall be specified at the time the SAR is granted. A SAR granted in tandem with a stock option will require the holder, upon exercise, to surrender the related stock option with respect to the number of shares as to which the SAR is exercised. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of each SAR at the time of the grant, including without limitation, the methods by or forms in which the value will be delivered to participants (whether made in shares of Common Stock, in cash or in a combination of both). The maximum term of each SAR, the times at which each SAR will be exercisable, and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised SARs at or following termination of employment or service generally are fixed by the Compensation Committee, except that no freestanding SAR may have a term exceeding 10 years and no tandem SAR may have a term exceeding the term of the option granted in conjunction with the tandem SAR. The value of the SARs may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock consists of shares that are transferred or sold by the Company to a participant but are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the participant. Restricted stock units are the right to receive shares of Common Stock at a future date in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Compensation Committee, which include substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the participant. The Compensation Committee determines the eligible participants to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units will be made, the number of shares or units to be granted, the price to be
| 130 |
Table of Contents
paid, if any, the time or times within which the shares covered by such grants will be subject to forfeiture, the time or times at which the restrictions will terminate, and all other terms and conditions of the grants. Restrictions or conditions could include, but are not limited to, the attainment of performance goals (as described below), continuous service with the Company, the passage of time or other restrictions or conditions. The value of the restricted stock units may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of both, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Performance Awards. The Compensation Committee may grant performance awards payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified performance period. Payment will be contingent upon achieving pre-established performance goals (as discussed below) by the end of the performance period. The Compensation Committee will determine the length of the performance period, the maximum payment value of an award, and the minimum performance goals required before payment will be made, so long as such provisions are not inconsistent with the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan, and to the extent an award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, are in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any applicable regulations or guidance. With respect to a performance award, if the Compensation Committee determines in its sole discretion that the established performance measures or objectives are no longer suitable because of a change in the Company’s business, operations, corporate structure, or for other reasons that the Compensation Committee deems satisfactory, the Compensation Committee may modify the performance measures or objectives and/or the performance period.
Other Awards. The Compensation Committee may grant other forms of awards payable in cash or shares of Common Stock if the Compensation Committee determines that such other form of award is consistent with the purpose and restrictions of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions of such other form of award shall be specified by the grant. Such other awards may be granted for no cash consideration, for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, or for such other consideration as may be specified by the grant.
Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant a dividend equivalent right either as a component of another award or as a separate award. The terms and conditions of the dividend equivalent right shall be specified by the grant. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a dividend equivalent right shall be paid only as the applicable award vests or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock. Any such reinvestment shall be at the fair market value at the time thereof. Dividend equivalent rights may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock. No dividends or dividend equivalent rights may be granted with respect to stock options or SAR.
Performance Goals. Awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan (whether relating to cash or shares of Common Stock) may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business or individual performance criteria established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude (i) events that are of an unusual nature or indicate infrequency of occurrence, (ii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, (iii) the effect of a merger or acquisition, as identified in the Company’s quarterly and annual earnings releases, or (iv) other similar occurrences. In all other respects, Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, under GAAP, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.
Vesting of Awards; Forfeiture; Assignment. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may establish the vesting terms applicable to an award, subject in any case to the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee may impose on any award, at the time of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines, including terms requiring forfeiture of awards in the
| 131 |
Table of Contents
event of a participant’s termination of service. The Compensation Committee will specify the circumstances under which performance awards may be forfeited in the event of a termination of service by a participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of awards. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, restricted stock will be forfeited upon a participant’s termination of service during the applicable restriction period.
Awards granted under the 2025 Incentive Plan generally are not assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion and pursuant to the terms of an award agreement, permit certain transfers of nonqualified stock options or SARs to: (i) the spouse (or former spouse), children or grandchildren of the participant (“Immediate Family Members”); (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members; (iii) a partnership in which the only partners are (1) such Immediate Family Members and/or (2) entities which are controlled by the participant and/or Immediate Family Members; (iv) an entity exempt from federal income tax pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Code or any successor provision; or (v) a split interest trust or pooled income fund described in Section 2522(c)(2) of the Code or any successor provision, provided that (x) there shall be no consideration for any such transfer, (y) the applicable award agreement pursuant to which such award is granted must be approved by the Compensation Committee and must expressly provide for such transferability and (z) subsequent transfers of transferred awards shall be prohibited except those by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event that any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, rights offering, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, split-off, combination, subdivision, repurchase, or exchange of the shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the fair value of an award, then the Compensation Committee shall adjust any or all of the following so that the fair value of the award immediately after the transaction or event is equal to the fair value of the award immediately prior to the transaction or event (i) the number of shares and type of Common Stock (or the securities or property), which thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number of shares and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards, (iii) the option price of each outstanding award, (iv) the amount, if any, the Company pays for forfeited shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan, and (v) the number of or exercise price of shares of Common Stock then subject to outstanding SARs previously granted and unexercised under the 2025 Incentive Plan to the end that the same proportion of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock in each instance shall remain subject to exercise at the same aggregate exercise price; provided however, that the number of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to any award shall always be a whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such adjustment shall be made or authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the 2025 Incentive Plan or any stock option to violate Section 422 of the Code or Section 409A of the Code. All such adjustments must be made in accordance with the rules of any securities exchange, stock market, or stock quotation system to which the Company is subject.
Amendment or Discontinuance of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the participants, alter, amend, revise, suspend or discontinue the 2025 Incentive Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that (i) no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the 2025 Incentive Plan and any awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan to continue to comply with Sections 421 and 422 of the Code (including any successors to such Sections, or other applicable law) or any applicable requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Company’s stock is listed or traded, shall be effective unless such amendment is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders entitled to vote on the amendment; and (ii) unless required by law, no action by the Board of Directors regarding amendment or discontinuance of the 2025 Incentive Plan may adversely affect any rights of any participants or obligations of the Company to any participants with respect to any outstanding award under the 2025 Incentive Plan without the consent of the affected participant.
| 132 |
Table of Contents
No Repricing of Stock Options or SARs. The Compensation Committee may not, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, “reprice” any stock option or SAR. For purposes of the 2025 Incentive Plan, “reprice” means any of the following or any other action that has the same effect: (i) amending a stock option or SAR to reduce its exercise price or base price, (ii) canceling a stock option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or base price exceeds the fair market value of a share of Common Stock in exchange for cash or a stock option, SAR, award of restricted stock or other equity award with an exercise price or base price less than the exercise price or base price of the original stock option or SAR, or (iii) taking any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, provided that nothing shall prevent the Compensation Committee from (x) making adjustments to awards upon changes in capitalization; (y) exchanging or cancelling awards upon a merger, consolidation, or recapitalization, or (z) substituting awards for awards granted by other entities, to the extent permitted by the 2025 Incentive Plan.
Recoupment for Restatements. The Compensation Committee may recoup all or any portion of any shares or cash paid to a participant in connection with an award, in the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements as set forth in the Company’s clawback policy, if any, approved by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Director Compensation
We did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to, any of the other non-employee members of our Board of Directors in the year ended December 31, 2024. Steven Smathers and Steven B. Mathis each received $60,000 and Ernest N. Csiszar received $30,000 in cash compensation paid for monthly service on AIIC’s audit committee.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
We maintain the American Integrity Insurance Group Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Director Compensation Policy”), which provides for cash and equity compensation to each of our non-employee directors for service as directors and on committees in order to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as non-employee directors of the Company and to provide non-employee directors with a proprietary interest in the Company. Pursuant to the Director Compensation Policy, our non-employee directors are entitled to receive (i) an annual board retainer equal to a total of $75,000, payable in cash in four equal quarterly installments following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, (ii) an annual committee chair retainer of $20,000 for the Audit Committee chair and $15,000 for the Compensation Committee chair and $15,000 for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee chair, each payable in cash in four equal quarterly installments following the end of each fiscal quarter and (iii) an annual restricted stock award equal having an aggregate fair market value of $60,000 with the number of shares of restricted stock granted each quarter being determined by dividing one-fourth of the aggregate annual award value by the average of the closing prices for the Common Stock over the 20-day-trading period ending on the last trading day immediately preceding the applicable Grant Date (as defined in the Director Compensation Policy), payable in four equal quarterly installments on the final trading day of each fiscal quarter of the Company. The Director Compensation Policy provides that directors may elect to receive to instead receive their annual board retainer and annual committee chair retainer provided in (i) and (ii) above in equity instead of cash at their election.
| 133 |
Table of Contents
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The descriptions set forth below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable agreements.
Management Services Agreement
AIIG entered into a management services agreement with Sowell & Co., pursuant to which Sowell & Co. agreed to provide personnel to manage and conduct certain operational, technical and administrative services. The management fee is approximately $796,875 a year, and is paid monthly. The management fee for both 2024 and 2023 was $796,875. We terminated the agreement upon consummation of our IPO in exchange for a payment of $3,000,000.
Family Relationships
Robert Ritchie, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, is the father of Jon Ritchie, our President. There are no other familial relationships among our directors or executive officers.
Registration Rights Agreement
We entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie in connection with our IPO, which we refer to as the Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement provides Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie with certain “demand” registration rights whereby, Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie can require us to register under the Securities Act the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides for customary “piggyback” registration rights for Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie. Sowell & Co. exercised its rights in accordance to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement to demand registration of the shares of Common Stock offered by Sowell & Co. pursuant to this prospectus, and Robert Ritchie exercised his piggyback rights in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement to offer the shares of Common Stock offered by him hereunder.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
We entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We purchased and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. See “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:
| • | any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors; |
| • | any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock; |
| • | any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock; and |
| • | any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10.0% or greater beneficial ownership interest. |
| 134 |
Table of Contents
Our Board of Directors has adopted a written related party transactions policy. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee expects to review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, the audit committee expects to take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy requires that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
| 135 |
Table of Contents
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of September 30, 2025 for:
| • | each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Common Stock |
| • | each of our directors; |
| • | each of our executive officers; |
| • | all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and |
| • | the Selling Stockholders. |
The percentage of shares held by each holder is determined based on 19,576,804 shares of our Common Stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
The amounts and percentages of Common Stock, beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of September 30, 2025, provided that any person who acquires any such right with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities which may be acquired through the exercise of such right. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is 5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600, Tampa, Florida.
| Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering |
Shares Offered Hereby |
Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| No Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number of Shares |
Percentage | Number of Shares |
Number of Shares |
Percentage | Number of Shares |
Percentage | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5% Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC(1) |
7,122,061 | 36.4 | % | 2,727,622 | 4,768,861 | 24.4 | % | 4,366,240 | 22.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie(2) |
2,929,500 | 15.0 | % | 550,578 | 2,454,500 | 12.5 | % | 2,378,922 | 12.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| David Clark(3) |
461,463 | 2.4 | % | — | 461,463 | 2.4 | % | 461,463 | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Jon Ritchie |
157,706 | * | — | 157,706 | * | 157,706 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Ben Lurie |
78,852 | * | — | 78,852 | * | 78,852 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Steven Smathers(4) |
345,214 | 1.8 | % | 171,800 | 173,414 | * | 173,414 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Ernest N. Csiszar |
1,613 | * | — | 1,613 | * | 1,613 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Steven B. Mathis |
1,613 | * | — | 1,613 | * | 1,613 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons) |
3,975,961 | 20.3 | % | 722,378 | 3,329,161 | 16.1 | % | 3,253,583 | 15.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| * | Less than 1% |
| 136 |
Table of Contents
| (1) | James E. Sowell is the Sole Manager of Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock held by Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC. The business address for Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC is 1601 Elm Street, Ste. 3500, Dallas, TX 75201. Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC is also a Selling Stockholder in this offering. |
| (2) | Robert Ritchie serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director and is also a Selling Stockholder in this offering. |
| (3) | Consists of shares of Common Stock held by the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust. David Clark is the Trustee of the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock held by the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust. |
| (4) | Steven Smathers serves as a Director of the Company and is also a Selling Stockholder in this offering. |
| 137 |
Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 19,576,804 shares is issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
The following summary of the capital stock and Charter and Bylaws of the Company does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our Charter and Bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common Stock
Holders of shares of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock and applicable law.
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Common Stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
All shares of our Common Stock outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering are fully paid and non-assessable. The Common Stock is not subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of our Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
No shares of preferred stock are currently issued or outstanding. Our Charter authorizes our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Common Stock. Our Board of Directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:
| • | the designation of the series; |
| • | the number of shares of the series, which our Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding); |
| • | whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series; |
| • | the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable; |
| • | the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; |
| 138 |
Table of Contents
| • | the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; |
| • | the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs; |
| • | whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made; |
| • | restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and |
| • | the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series. |
Registration Rights
We entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie in connection with our IPO. The Registration Rights Agreement provides Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie certain registration rights, including that Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie can require us to register shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides for piggyback registration rights for Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”
Dividends
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its Board of Directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors.
Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we are only able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. Additionally, the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions. Dividends from AIIC can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIIC to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. “Dividend Policy” contains more information.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our Bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board of Directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.
Number and Election of Directors
Our Board of Directors consists of five members. The holders of our Common Stock and any other class of stock of our company, to the extent they shall have the right to vote, retain the right to elect and remove all members of
| 139 |
Table of Contents
the Board of Directors, subject to the classification of the Board of Directors in which only up to one-third of our directors come up for election at each annual meeting of stockholders prior to the beginning of sunsetting of our classified board. See “Classified Board of Directors” below for further detail.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law
Our Charter and Bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Common Stock held by stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Common Stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock or then outstanding number of shares of Common Stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our Board of Directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock is available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved Common Stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Delaware Law
We are not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers, but our Charter provides that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (generally defined as any stockholder with 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such stockholder) for a period of three years following the time on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited (except with respect to Sowell & Co. and any of Sowell & Co.’s respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of our Common Stock).
Classified Board of Directors
Our Charter provides that our Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029,
| 140 |
Table of Contents
at which time, a phase-in of a declassified Board of Directors shall begin. The term of office for the Class I directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026, the term of office for the Class II directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027, and the term of office for Class III directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing on the Sunset Date, the classification of the Board of Directors shall fully terminate, and all directors shall be of one class and elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The effect of our classified Board of Directors may discourage take-over attempts because only up to one-third of our directors may be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders until the declassification of our Board of Directors begins.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships
Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our Charter, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our Charter provides that directors may be removed with cause only upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. After the full declassification of our Board of Directors by the Sunset Date, directors may be removed with or without cause in accordance with Section 141(k) of the DGCL. In addition, our Charter also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancies on our Board of Directors, and any newly created directorships, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Charter does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are able to elect all our directors up for election at such annual meeting of stockholders.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our Charter provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Stockholders do not have the power to call a special meeting. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our
| 141 |
Table of Contents
Bylaws allow the Board of Directors to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings and the chairman of the meeting to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to our Charter, stockholders may not act by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our Company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our Charter provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against our Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under U.S. federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Charter. However, the enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is uncertain whether a court would find these types of provisions in our Charter to be enforceable. For example, under the Securities Act, federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Charter, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our directors or stockholders who are not employed by the Company or its subsidiaries (each, an “Exempt Person”). Our Charter provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Exempt Person
| 142 |
Table of Contents
has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (ii) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Our Charter provides that if any Exempt Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Company or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such Exempt Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Company or its subsidiaries, and such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective affiliates may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other person. Our Charter does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a director, executive officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a director, executive officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our Charter, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, we have an interest or expectancy in such transaction or opportunity, and the opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which we are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ and officers’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Charter includes a provision that states that the Company is authorized to indemnify, and to advance expenses to, each current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director, officer, employee or agent for breach of fiduciary duty as directors or officers, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the directors’ or officers’ duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our Bylaws generally provide that we must defend, indemnify and advance expenses to our directors or officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors or officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Charter and Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Director and Officer Indemnification and
| 143 |
Table of Contents
Insurance.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company.
Listing
Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “AII.”
| 144 |
Table of Contents
CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR ERISA AND OTHER U.S. BENEFIT PLANS
Subject to the following considerations, shares of Common Stock may be acquired and held by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) or other plans that are not subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, but may be subject to state, local or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).
The following is based on the provisions of ERISA and the Code (and related regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations) as of the date of this registration statement. This discussion does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, regulations, rulings or pronouncements will not significantly modify the requirements discussed below. Any of these changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release. This discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as investment or legal advice.
General Fiduciary Matters
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
In considering an investment in shares of Common Stock with a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should consider the Plan’s particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment and determine whether the acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Laws relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation:
| • | whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any Similar Laws, as applicable; |
| • | whether, in making the investment, the Plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any Similar Laws, as applicable; |
| • | whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the Plan; and |
| • | whether the acquisition or holding of the shares of Common Stock will constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of Similar Laws (see “—Prohibited Transaction Issues” below). |
Prohibited Transaction Issues
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that
| 145 |
Table of Contents
engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of shares of Common Stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the underwriters or their affiliates is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.
Because of the foregoing, shares of Common Stock should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Laws.
Due to the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring and/or holding shares of our Common Stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock. Purchasers of shares of Common Stock have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. The sale of shares of Common Stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us, the underwriters or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by any such Plan or that such investment is appropriate for any such Plan.
| 146 |
Table of Contents
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
There has only recently been a public market for our Common Stock. Future sales of our Common Stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.
Sales of Restricted Shares
We have outstanding an aggregate of 19,576,804 shares of Common Stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Certain remaining shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.
As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our Common Stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering and the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:
| • | 3,253,583 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701. |
Lock-up Agreements
We, all of our directors and executive officers, and the Selling Stockholders have agreed not to sell any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Common Stock for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain customary exceptions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, now that we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
Since we are a reporting company that has been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
| 147 |
Table of Contents
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement pursuant to Rule 701 before the effective date of the Registration Statement for this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.
Stock Issuable Under Employee Plans
We have filed and intend to maintain a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock issuable under our equity incentive plan. Accordingly, shares of Common Stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.
Registration Rights
For a description of registration rights relating to our Common Stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”
| 148 |
Table of Contents
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our Common Stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) who acquires such Common Stock pursuant to this offering and holds our Common Stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change and differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not intend to seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax, nor does it address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:
| • | banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; |
| • | tax-exempt or governmental organizations; |
| • | retirement plans; |
| • | mutual funds; |
| • | qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund); |
| • | dealers in securities or foreign currencies; |
| • | “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
| • | traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| • | persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; |
| • | entities or other arrangements treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein; |
| • | persons deemed to sell our Common Stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
| • | persons who have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar; |
| • | persons who own or have owned (directly, indirectly or constructively) 5% or more of our Common Stock (by vote or value); |
| • | persons that acquired our Common Stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan; |
| • | certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and |
| • | persons that hold our Common Stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction. |
| 149 |
Table of Contents
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Common Stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:
| • | a citizen or an individual resident of the United States; |
| • | a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| • | an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or |
| • | a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. |
If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partner and the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships and partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our Common Stock should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our Common Stock by such partnership.
Distributions on Common Stock
Distributions of cash or property on our Common Stock, if any, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our Common Stock (and will reduce such tax basis until such tax basis equals zero) and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to dividends that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Common Stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower
| 150 |
Table of Contents
rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its “effectively connected earnings and profits” (as adjusted for certain items).
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Common Stock unless:
| • | the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; |
| • | the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or |
| • | our Common Stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period and certain other conditions are satisfied. |
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non- U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Although there can be no assurances in this regard, we believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Common Stock.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Any distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).
Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Common Stock effected within the United States or by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information
| 151 |
Table of Contents
reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate, which is currently 24%) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Common Stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Common Stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Additional Withholding Requirements Under FATCA
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) on any dividends (including constructive dividends) paid on our Common Stock to a “foreign financial institution” (which in general includes investment vehicles) or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide, on an annual basis, to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies to the applicable withholding agent that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or timely provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as applicable), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as applicable) or, if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports the information in clause (i) to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution will generally be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our Common Stock.
THIS DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, TAX ADVICE. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR AN INDIVIDUAL ANALYSIS OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO A PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, WHICH ANALYSIS MAY BE COMPLEX AND WILL DEPEND ON THE HOLDER’S SPECIFIC SITUATION. INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.
| 152 |
Table of Contents
UNDERWRITING
The Selling Stockholders are offering the shares of Common Stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the Selling Stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Common Stock listed next to its name in the following table:
| Name |
Number of Shares |
|||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
||||
| Piper Sandler & Co. |
||||
| William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
3,000,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the public offering price. After the offering of the shares to the public, if all of the Common Stock are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of Common Stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of Common Stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to the Selling Stockholders per share of Common Stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
| Total | ||||||||||||
| Per Share | No Exercise | Full Exercise | ||||||||||
| Public Offering Price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be
| 153 |
Table of Contents
approximately $800,000. We and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of $150,000, of which the Company has agreed to $30,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our Common Stock, or the right to receive shares of our Common Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of Common Stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our Common Stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of restricted stock units (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Common Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters or (iii) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.
Our directors and executive officers, and the Selling Stockholders, holding any outstanding shares Common Stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our shares of Common Stock (such persons, the “lock-up parties”), have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Common Stock (including, without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the Common Stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings
| 154 |
Table of Contents
preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our Common Stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our Board of Directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph or (xii) to us or any of our affiliates in connection with the Corporate Contribution; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of restricted stock units or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our Common Stock or warrants to acquire shares of our Common Stock, provided that any Common Stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period; and (e) the sale of our Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
We and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AII.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of Common Stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock while this offering is in progress.
These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of Common Stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase in this offering
| 155 |
Table of Contents
and purchasing shares of Common Stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Common Stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase Common Stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock, and, as a result, the price of the Common Stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
The public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the Selling Stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the public offering price, the Selling Stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
| • | the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| • | our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| • | an assessment of our management; |
| • | our prospects for future earnings; |
| • | the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| • | the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
| • | other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will be maintained for our Common Stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or
| 156 |
Table of Contents
any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation; |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression of an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Each person in a Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offering contemplated hereby will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and us that:
| (a) | it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; and |
| (b) | in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or have been acquired in other circumstances falling within the points (a) to (d) of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation and the prior consent of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where the shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Regulation as having been made to such persons. |
We, the underwriters and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified investor and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares in the offering.
| 157 |
Table of Contents
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transition provisions in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”); |
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression of an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); (ii) high net worth entities or other persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Each person in the UK who acquires any shares in the offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed to and with us, the underwriters, and their affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.
Canada
The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
| 158 |
Table of Contents
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Australia
This document:
| • | does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”); |
| • | has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and |
| • | may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”). |
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares, you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
| 159 |
Table of Contents
Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEA”). Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Companies Ordinance”), or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than:
| (a) | to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; |
| (b) | to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or |
| (c) | otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. |
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| (a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
| (b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
the securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred
| 160 |
Table of Contents
within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| (i) | to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| (ii) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| (iii) | where the transfer is by operation of law; |
| (iv) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
| (v) | as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018. |
Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (the “CMP Regulations 2018”), we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
United Arab Emirates and Dubai International Financial Centre
Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. We may not render services relating to the securities within the United Arab Emirates, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares.
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The shares to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the Dubai International Financial Centre, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
New Zealand
The shares of Common Stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand, and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:
| • | to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; |
| 161 |
Table of Contents
| • | to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; |
| • | to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500 thousand for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or |
| • | in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or reenactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand). |
| 162 |
Table of Contents
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of our Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP, Dallas, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to descriptions of the Company’s regulatory environment will be passed upon for the Company by Meenan, P.A., Tallahassee, Florida. Certain partners of Meenan, P.A. are stockholders of the Company.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of AIIG as of December 31, 2024, and 2023 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024 have been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon, included in this registration statement. Such financial statements have been included herein in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
On December 12, 2023, we engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Prior to Deloitte & Touche LLP’s engagement, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 had been audited by Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. As a result of our engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP, we dismissed Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor. The decision to change from Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. to Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by the Board of Directors.
There were no disagreements with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., would have caused them to make reference thereto in its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. The report of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and subsequent interim period preceding Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
On February 9, 2024, we discharged Deloitte & Touche LLP prior to the issuance of any reports and prior to the completion of the audits. On February 9, 2024, we engaged Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decision to change from Deloitte & Touche LLP to Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. was approved by the Board of Directors.
While the audits were not completed, there were no disagreements with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte & Touche LLP, would have caused them to make reference thereto in its reports on our financial statements had such reports been issued. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and subsequent interim period preceding Deloitte & Touche LLP’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
While the audits were not completed, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 preceding Deloitte & Touche LLP’s dismissal, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Deloitte & Touche LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
| 163 |
Table of Contents
We have provided Deloitte & Touche LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that Deloitte & Touche LLP provide a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above facts and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of Deloitte & Touche LLP’s letter, dated April 29, 2025, provided in response to that request, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
On November 18, 2024, we engaged Forvis Mazars, LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Prior to the engagement of Forvis Mazars, LLP, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 had been audited by Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. As a result of our engagement of Forvis Mazars, LLP, we dismissed Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor. The audited financial statements included in this prospectus for the year ended December 31, 2023 have been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP. The decision to change from Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. to Forvis Mazars, LLP was approved by the Board of Directors.
There were no disagreements with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., would have caused them to make reference thereto in its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. The report of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and subsequent interim period preceding Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
Neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
We have provided Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. provide a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above facts and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s letter, dated April 29, 2025, provided in response to that request, is filed as Exhibit 16.2 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Forvis Mazars, LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
| 164 |
Table of Contents
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our Common Stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We maintain a website at http://www.aiicfl.com, and we make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.
| 165 |
Table of Contents
Financial Statements of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (as successor) |
||||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2025 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2024 |
F-2 | |||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 |
F-3 | |||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 |
F-4 | |||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 |
F-6 | |||
Noted to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-8 | |||
Financial Statements of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (as predecessor) |
||||
Audited Financial Statements |
||||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Forvis Mazars, LLP, PCAOB No. 686) |
F-29 | |||
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-30 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-31 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-32 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 |
F-33 | |||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-35 | |||
Schedules required to be filed under the provisions of Regulation S-X Article 7: |
||||
Schedule II Condensed Financial Information of Registrant |
F-71 | |||
Schedule V Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
F-75 | |||
| F-1 |
September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
(unaudited) |
||||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, |
$ | $ | ||||||
Short-term investments (amortized cost of $ |
||||||||
Total investments |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||
Restricted cash |
||||||||
Premiums receivable, net |
||||||||
Accrued investment income |
||||||||
Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable, net |
||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
||||||||
Right-of-use |
||||||||
Deferred income tax asset, net |
||||||||
Other assets |
||||||||
Total assets |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income tax payable |
||||||||
Unearned premiums |
||||||||
Reinsurance payable |
||||||||
Advance premiums |
||||||||
Deferred income tax liability, net |
||||||||
Long-term debt |
||||||||
Lease liabilities – operating leases |
||||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of unearned ceding commissions |
||||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
||||||||
Total liabilities |
||||||||
Shareholders’ equity: (1) |
||||||||
Common stock, $ |
||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
( |
) | ||||||
Retained earnings |
||||||||
Total shareholders’ equity |
||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| • | Both the number of shares outstanding and their par value have been retrospectively recast for all prior periods presented to reflect the par value of the outstanding stock of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. as a result of the Corporate Contribution. See Note 1 — “ Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation Earnings Per Share |
| F-2 |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Change in gross unearned premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||
Gross premiums earned |
||||||||||||||||
Ceded premiums earned |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Net premiums earned |
||||||||||||||||
Policy fees |
||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
||||||||||||||||
Net realized gains on investments |
||||||||||||||||
Other income |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
||||||||||||||||
Expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net |
||||||||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Total expenses |
||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
||||||||||||||||
Net income |
||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains, net of taxes |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
Earnings per share: (1) |
||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per share |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic and diluted |
||||||||||||||||
| • | Both the number of shares outstanding and their par value have been retrospectively recast for all prior periods presented to reflect the par value of the outstanding stock of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. as a result of the Corporate Contribution. See Note 1 — “ Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation Earnings Per Share |
| F-3 |
Common Shares |
Amount |
Additional Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Total Shareholders’ Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2025 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock awards |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2025 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||
Common Shares |
Amount |
Additional Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Total Shareholders’ Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2024 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2024 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||
| F-4 |
Common Shares |
Amount |
Additional Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Total Shareholders’ Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||
Distributions to members – tax advances and profit distributions ($ (1) |
— | — | — | ( |
) | — | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock awards |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax withholding on vesting of restricted stock awards |
( |
) | — | ( |
) | — | — | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs |
— | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2025 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||
Common Shares |
Amount |
Additional Paid-in Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Total Shareholders’ Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||
Distributions to members – tax advances and profit distributions ($ (1) |
— | — | — | ( |
) | — | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of September 30, 2024 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||
| • | The distributions were made to members prior to the IPO. See Note 1 — “ Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation Shareholders ’ Equity |
| F-5 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | $ | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net realized (gains) |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Premiums receivable |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Accrued investment income |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Reinsurance recoverable |
( |
) | ||||||
Other assets |
( |
) | ||||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense |
( |
) | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
||||||||
Reinsurance payable |
||||||||
Advance premiums |
( |
) | ||||||
Income taxes payable (recoverable) |
( |
) | ||||||
Operating lease payments |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net unearned ceding commissions |
( |
) | ||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
( |
) | ||||||
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities |
||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities |
||||||||
Purchases of fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments |
||||||||
Purchases of short-term investments |
( |
) | ||||||
Net cash from provided by (used in) investing activities |
( |
) | ||||||
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions |
||||||||
Payments on tax withheld on vesting of restricted stock awards |
( |
) | ||||||
Cash distributions to members (1) |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Repayment of long-term debt |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Payments of initial public offering costs |
( |
) | ||||||
Net cash from provided by (used in) financing activities |
( |
) | ||||||
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income taxes paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | The distributions were made to members prior to the IPO. See Note 1 — “ Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation Shareholders ’ Equity |
| F-6 |
September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | $ | ||||||
Restricted cash |
||||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| F-7 |
1. |
Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
| F-8 |
| F-9 |
2. |
Significant Accounting Policies |
| F-10 |
Level 1 : |
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments at the measurement date are used. | |
Level 2 : |
Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 pricing inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. | |
Level 3 : |
Pricing inputs are unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The inputs used in determination of fair value require significant judgment and estimation. | |
| F-11 |
3. |
Variable Interest Entity |
| F-12 |
September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Restricted Cash |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Fixed maturity securities |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | $ |
||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
4. |
Investments |
September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total available-for-sale |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total available-for-sale |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| F-13 |
September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months |
12 months or greater |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months |
12 months or greater |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||
Years to maturity |
||||||||
Government and corporate securities: |
||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | $ | ||||||
Due after one year through five years |
||||||||
Due after five years through 10 years |
||||||||
Due after 10 years |
||||||||
Other securities, which provide for periodic payments: |
||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | ||||||
| F-14 |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||||||||||
Gross investment income |
||||||||||||||||
Investment expenses |
( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Net investment income |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
5. |
Fair Value Measurements |
September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
$ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
| F-15 |
September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||||||||||
Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
Long-term debt: |
||||||||||||||||
Surplus note |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
6. |
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Net of Ceding Commissions |
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during the period: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ||||||||||
DPAC, end of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
| F-16 |
Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during the period: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ||||||||||
DPAC, end of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during the period: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ||||||||||
DPAC, end of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of period |
$ | $ | (48,216 |
) | $ | (5,136 |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during the period: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ||||||||||
DPAC, end of period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
| F-17 |
7. |
Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Unpaid Loss and LAE beginning of period |
$ | $ | ||||||
Less: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
||||||||
Net unpaid loss and LAE at beginning of period |
||||||||
Add: Losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, incurred related to: |
||||||||
Current period |
||||||||
Prior period |
( |
) | ||||||
Total net losses and LAE incurred |
||||||||
Less: Losses and LAE paid, net of reinsurance, related to: |
||||||||
Current period |
||||||||
Prior period |
||||||||
Total net paid losses and LAE |
||||||||
Unpaid loss and LAE, net of reinsurance at end of period |
||||||||
Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
||||||||
Unpaid loss and LAE at end of period |
$ | $ | ||||||
8. |
Reinsurance |
| F-18 |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
Written |
Earned |
Written |
Earned |
|||||||||||||
Direct premiums |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Assumed Premiums |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||
Gross Premiums |
||||||||||||||||
Ceded premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Net premiums |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| F-19 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
Written |
Earned |
Written |
Earned |
|||||||||||||
Direct premiums |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Assumed Premiums |
||||||||||||||||
Gross Premiums |
||||||||||||||||
Ceded premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Net premiums |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Three Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Ceded premiums earned |
$ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
Ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred |
||||||||
Ceded policy acquisition expenses |
||||||||
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Ceded premiums earned |
$ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
Ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred |
||||||||
Ceded policy acquisition expenses |
||||||||
9. |
Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions |
| F-20 |
| F-21 |
10. |
Shareholders’ Equity |
11. |
Stock-Based Compensation |
| F-22 |
Restricted Stock |
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Outstanding, May 7, 2025 |
$ | |||||||
Granted |
$ | |||||||
Shares withheld for tax remittance (retired) |
( |
) | ||||||
Vested |
( |
) | ||||||
Nonvested at September 30, 2025 |
$ | |||||||
12. |
Segment Reporting |
13. |
Earnings Per Share |
| F-23 |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||
Net income attributable to common shareholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income allocated to participating securities |
||||||||
Income available for common shareholders |
||||||||
Denominator: |
||||||||
Shares outstanding |
||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted |
||||||||
Earnings available to common shareholders per share |
||||||||
Basic |
$ | $ | ||||||
Diluted |
$ | $ | ||||||
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||
Net income attributable to common shareholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income allocated to participating securities |
||||||||
Income available for common shareholders |
||||||||
Denominator: |
||||||||
Shares outstanding |
||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted |
||||||||
Earnings available to common shareholders per share |
||||||||
Basic |
$ | $ | ||||||
Diluted |
$ | $ | ||||||
14. |
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
| F-24 |
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 |
Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net changes to available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||||||||||||
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net changes to available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||||||||||||
15. |
Income Taxes |
| F-25 |
16. |
Related Party Transactions |
17. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
| F-26 |
18. |
Leases |
September 30, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
Operating leases: |
||||||||
Right-of-use |
$ | $ | ||||||
Lease liability |
$ | $ | ||||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term: |
||||||||
Operating leases |
||||||||
Weighted-average discount rate: |
||||||||
Operating leases |
% | % | ||||||
| F-27 |
Three Months Ended September 30, |
Nine Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Operating cash flows from operating leases |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Operating Leases |
||||
2025 remaining |
$ | |||
2026 |
||||
2027 |
||||
2028 |
||||
2029 |
||||
Thereafter |
||||
Total lease payments |
||||
Less: imputed interest |
( |
) | ||
Present value of lease liabilities |
$ | |||
19. |
Subsequent Events |
| F-28 |
| F-29 |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Short-term investments (amortized cost of $ |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total investments |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||
| Restricted cash |
||||||||
| Premiums receivable, net |
||||||||
| Accrued investment income |
||||||||
| Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
||||||||
| Income taxes recoverable |
||||||||
| Reinsurance recoverable, net |
||||||||
| Property and equipment, net |
||||||||
| Right-of-use |
||||||||
| Other assets |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities and members’ equity |
||||||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Income tax payable |
||||||||
| Unearned premiums |
||||||||
| Reinsurance payable |
||||||||
| Advance premiums |
||||||||
| Deferred income tax liability, net |
||||||||
| Long-term debt |
||||||||
| Lease liabilities – operating leases |
||||||||
| Deferred policy acquisition costs, net unearned ceding commissions |
||||||||
| Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) |
||||||||
| Temporary members’ equity: |
||||||||
| Class B units ( |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Members’ equity: |
||||||||
| Class A units ( |
||||||||
| Class C units ( |
||||||||
| Retained earnings |
||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total members’ equity |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and members’ equity |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| F-30 |
Years ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||
Gross premiums written |
$ | $ | ||||||
Change in gross unearned premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Gross premiums earned |
||||||||
Ceded premiums earned |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net premiums earned |
||||||||
Policy fees |
||||||||
Net investment income |
||||||||
Net realized gains (losses) on investments |
( |
) | ||||||
Other income |
||||||||
Total revenues |
||||||||
Expenses: |
||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net |
||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
||||||||
Total expenses |
||||||||
Income before income taxes |
||||||||
Income tax expense |
||||||||
Net income |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Other comprehensive income: |
||||||||
Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale |
$ | $ | ||||||
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains (losses), net of taxes |
( |
) | ||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
||||||||
Comprehensive income |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Earnings per unit: |
||||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per unit |
$ | $ | ||||||
Weighted average units outstanding – Basic and diluted |
||||||||
| F-31 |
Class A Units |
Class C Units |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss |
Total Members’ Equity |
||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2023 |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||
| Distributions to members – tax advances and profit distributions ($ |
— | — | ( |
) | — | ( |
) | |||||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
— | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
( |
) |
||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions to members – tax advances ($ |
— | — | ( |
) | — | ( |
) | |||||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
— | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| F-32 |
Years ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | $ | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: |
||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
( |
) | ||||||
Net realized (gains) losses |
( |
) | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Premiums receivable |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Accrued investment income |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Reinsurance recoverable |
( |
) | ||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net |
( |
) | ||||||
Other assets |
( |
) | ||||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense |
( |
) | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
||||||||
Reinsurance payable |
( |
) | ||||||
Advance premiums |
( |
) | ||||||
Income taxes payable (recoverable) |
( |
) | ||||||
Operating lease payments |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Book overdraft |
( |
) | ||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net unearned ceding commissions |
||||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
( |
) | ||||||
Net cash from operating activities |
||||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities |
||||||||
Purchases of fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments |
||||||||
Purchases of short-term investments |
( |
) | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Financing activities |
||||||||
Cash distributions to members |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Repayment of long-term debt |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income taxes paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
| F-33 |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | $ | ||||||
Restricted cash |
||||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| F-34 |
1. |
Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
| F-35 |
2. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
| • | Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments |
| • | Downgrades in the security’s credit rating since acquisition by 3 or more notches |
| F-36 |
| • | Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area |
| • | Changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security |
| • | The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future |
| Level 1: | Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments at the measurement date are used. | |
| Level 2: | Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 pricing inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. | |
| Level 3: | Pricing inputs are unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The inputs used in determination of fair value require significant judgment and estimation. | |
| F-37 |
| F-38 |
| F-39 |
| F-40 |
| F-41 |
| F-42 |
| F-43 |
| F-44 |
| F-45 |
As Previously Reported |
Adjustments |
As Adjusted |
||||||||||
Balance Sheet: |
||||||||||||
Cash |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, |
||||||||||||
Statement of Cash Flows: |
||||||||||||
Purchases of fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||
Net cash from (used in) investing activities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
As Previously Reported |
Adjustments |
As Adjusted |
||||||||||
Cash |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||
As previously reported |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||||
Adjustments |
||||||||||||||||||||
As Adjusted |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||||
| F-46 |
Level 1 |
||||||||||||
As Previously Reported |
Adjustments |
As Adjusted |
||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
3. |
Variable Interest Entity |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Cash |
$ | $ | ||||||
Restricted Cash |
||||||||
Fixed maturity securities |
||||||||
Total |
||||||||
| F-47 |
4. |
Investments |
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total available-for-sale |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total fixed maturity securities |
( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total available-for-sale |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months |
12 months or greater |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) | ||||||||||||
| F-48 |
December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months |
12 months or greater |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) | ||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||
Years to maturity |
||||||||
Government and corporate securities: |
||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | $ | ||||||
Due after one year through five years |
||||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
||||||||
Due after ten years |
||||||||
Other securities, which provide for periodic payments: |
||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale |
$ | $ | ||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||
Gross investment income |
||||||||
Investment expenses |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net investment income |
$ |
$ | ||||||
| F-49 |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Beginning balance – allowance for credit loss |
$ | $ | ||||||
Additions to the allowance for losses not previously recorded |
||||||||
Revisions to the allowance for losses previously recorded |
||||||||
Reduction in allowance for securities sold or impaired |
||||||||
Ending balance – allowance for credit loss |
$ | $ | ||||||
5. |
Fair Value Measurements |
December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
Level 1 |
Level 2 |
Level 3 |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
| F-50 |
December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||||
Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
Long-term debt: |
||||||||||||||||
Surplus note |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
6. |
Property and Equipment |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Furniture |
$ | $ | ||||||
Leasehold improvements |
||||||||
Computer equipment |
||||||||
Vehicle fleet |
||||||||
Internally developed software |
||||||||
Total, at cost |
||||||||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Property and equipment, net |
$ |
$ |
||||||
7. |
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Net of Ceding Commissions |
| F-51 |
Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of year |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during year: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ||||||||||
DPAC, end of year |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
( |
) | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||
DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total |
||||||||||
DPAC, beginning of year |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred during year: |
||||||||||||
Producer commissions |
— | |||||||||||
Premium taxes |
— | |||||||||||
Other acquisition costs |
— | |||||||||||
Ceding commissions |
— | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||
Total policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ||||||||||
Amortization |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
DPAC, end of year |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
( |
) | |||||
8. |
Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
| F-52 |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
| Unpaid Loss and LAE beginning of year |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Less: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Net unpaid loss and LAE at beginning of year |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Add: Losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, incurred related to: |
||||||||
| Current year |
||||||||
| Prior years |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net losses and LAE incurred |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Less: Losses and LAE paid, net of reinsurance, related to: |
||||||||
| Current year |
||||||||
| Prior years |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net paid losses and LAE |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Unpaid loss and LAE, net of reinsurance at end of year |
||||||||
| Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Unpaid loss and LAE at end of year |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| F-53 |
As of December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Incurred Losses and Allocated LAE, Net of Reinsurance |
Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported claims |
Cumulative Number of Reported Claims |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accident Year |
2015* |
2016* |
2017* |
2018* |
2019* |
2020* |
2021* |
2022* |
2023* |
2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2016 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2019 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated LAE, Net of Reinsurance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accident Year |
2015* |
2016* |
2017* |
2018* |
2019* |
2020* |
2021* |
2022* |
2023* |
2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2016 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2019 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities for losses and allocated LAE, net of reinsurance | |
$ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
* |
Presented as unaudited required supplementary information. |
December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
|||||||
| Homeowners’ Insurance |
||||||||
| Liabilities for unpaid losses and allocated LAE, net of reinsurance |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE |
||||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| Total gross liability for unpaid losses and LAE |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| |
|
|
|
|||||
| F-54 |
Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Years |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Homeowners’ Insurance |
% | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| • | Case reserves: When claims are reported, the Company establishes individual estimates of the ultimate cost of each claim (case reserves). These case reserves are continually monitored and revised in response to new information and for amounts paid. |
| • | Incurred but not reported: In addition to case reserves, the Company establishes a provision for IBNR. IBNR is an actuarial estimate composed of the following: (a) future payments on claims that are incurred but have not yet been reported to the Company; (b) a reserve for the additional development on claims that have been reported to the Company; and (c) a provision for additional payments on closed claims that might reopen. IBNR reserves apply to the entire body of claims arising from a specific period, rather than a specific claim. Most of the Company’s IBNR reserves relate to estimated future claim payments on recorded open claims. |
| • | LAE reserves: Company’s estimate of the future expense to manage, investigate, administer, and settle claims that have occurred, and include legal expenses. LAE reserves are established in the aggregate, rather than on a claim-by-claim |
| F-55 |
| 1) | Loss development factors (“LDFs”) – These factors are key assumptions in the loss development methods which assume recent accident years will follow the development patterns of prior accident years. |
| 2) | Initial expected loss ratio selections – The initial expected loss ratio selection is the key assumption in the Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods. The selection was made based on average of development methods loss ratios and selected loss ratio trend. |
| 3) | Claim count decay ratios – The decay ratio is the key assumption in the projection of ultimate claim counts for Catastrophe and non-Catastrophe storms. |
| 4) | Short-term and long-term projected severity trends – These severity trends are the key assumption in projecting severities for accident years in their future development periods. |
| F-56 |
9. |
Reinsurance |
| F-57 |
| F-58 |
| F-59 |
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||
Written |
Earned |
Written |
Earned |
|||||||||||||
Direct premiums |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Assumed premiums |
||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums |
||||||||||||||||
Ceded premiums |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Net premiums |
$ |
$ |
$ |
$ |
||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Premiums earned |
$ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred |
||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses |
||||||||
10. |
Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions |
| F-60 |
| F-61 |
11. |
Long-term Debt |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Due currently |
$ | $ | ||||||
Due later |
||||||||
Surplus note |
$ |
$ |
||||||
(in thousands) |
||||
2025 |
$ | |||
2026 |
||||
2027 |
||||
Thereafter |
||||
$ |
||||
12. |
Members’ Equity and Temporary Members’ Equity |
| F-62 |
| F-63 |
13. |
Segment Reporting |
14. |
Earnings Per Unit |
| F-64 |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Net income |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income allocated to participating securities |
||||||||
Net income attributable to unitholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
Weighted average number of units outstanding – basic and diluted |
||||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per unit |
$ |
$ |
||||||
15. |
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
||||||||||
Net changes to available-for-sale |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||
Pre-Tax |
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
||||||||||
Net changes to available-for-sale |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | $ | ( |
) | $ | |||||||
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
( |
) | ||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|||||||
| F-65 |
16. |
Income Taxes |
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Current: |
||||||||
Federal |
$ | $ | ||||||
State |
||||||||
Total current income tax expense |
||||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||
Federal |
( |
) | ||||||
State |
( |
) | ||||||
Total deferred income tax expense |
( |
) | ||||||
Total income tax expense |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||
Amount |
Rate |
Amount |
Rate |
|||||||||||||
Income tax expense computed at U.S. federal statutory rates |
$ | % | $ | % | ||||||||||||
Loss of partnerships and other pass-through entities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
Nondeductible items |
||||||||||||||||
State income tax expense |
||||||||||||||||
Other |
||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense at effective rate |
$ |
% |
$ |
% | ||||||||||||
| F-66 |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense |
$ | $ | ||||||
Unearned premiums |
||||||||
Capital loss carryforward |
||||||||
Net unrealized losses on investments |
||||||||
Other |
||||||||
Total deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Valuation allowance |
||||||||
Net deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Excess ceding commissions |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Other |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net deferred tax liabilities |
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
( |
) | ||
| F-67 |
17. |
Related Party Transactions |
18. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
| F-68 |
19. |
Employee Benefit Plans |
20. |
Leases |
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Operating leases: |
||||||||
Right-of-use |
$ | $ | ||||||
Lease liability |
$ | $ | ||||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term: |
||||||||
Operating leases |
||||||||
Weighted-average discount rate: |
||||||||
Operating leases |
$ | % | $ | % | ||||
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||||||
Operating cash flows from operating leases |
$ | $ | ||||||
| F-69 |
Years ending |
Operating Leases |
|||
2025 |
$ | |||
2026 |
||||
2027 |
||||
2028 |
||||
2029 |
||||
Thereafter |
||||
Total lease payments |
||||
Less: imputed interest |
( |
) | ||
Present value of lease liabilities |
$ |
|||
21. |
Subsequent Events |
| F-70 |
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | $ | ||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
||||||||
Intercompany note receivable |
||||||||
Other assets |
||||||||
Total assets |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Liabilities and members’ equity |
||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||
Intercompany note payable |
||||||||
Deferred revenue |
$ | $ | ||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
||||||||
Total liabilities |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Temporary Members’ Equity: |
||||||||
Class B units ( |
||||||||
Members’ equity: |
||||||||
Class A units ( |
$ | $ | ||||||
Class C units ( |
||||||||
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Total members’ equity |
||||||||
Total liabilities and members’ equity |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| F-71 |
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
Years ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||
Net investment income |
$ | $ | ||||||
Management fees |
||||||||
Total revenues |
||||||||
Expenses: |
||||||||
Other operating expenses |
||||||||
Total expenses |
||||||||
Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of subsidiaries |
||||||||
Income tax expense |
||||||||
Net income before equity in net earnings of subsidiaries |
||||||||
Equity in net income of subsidiaries |
||||||||
Consolidated net income |
$ |
$ |
||||||
| F-72 |
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
Years ended December 31, |
||||||||
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | $ | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
Net realized losses |
||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Intercompany note receivable |
( |
) | ||||||
Other assets |
( |
) | ||||||
Intercompany payables |
||||||||
Deferred revenue |
||||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
( |
) | ||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||
Cash distributions to members |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Distribution from Catstyle |
||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year |
||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year |
$ |
$ |
||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
Income taxes paid |
$ | $ | ||||||
| F-73 |
1. |
Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
2. |
Intercompany |
3. |
Subsequent Events |
| F-74 |
Description |
Beginning Balance |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Charged to Other Accounts |
Deductions |
Ending Balance |
|||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Expected credit losses related to premiums receivable |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Expected credit losses related to premiums receivable |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| F-75 |
Table of Contents
3,000,000 Shares
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Common Stock
| (* in alphabetical order) | ||||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods* | Piper Sandler* | William Blair | ||
| A Stifel Company | ||||
Table of Contents
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
| Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the Common Stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC Registration Fee and FINRA Filing Fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.
| SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 11,378 | ||
| FINRA Filing Fee |
12,858 | |||
| Accountants’ fees and expenses |
180,000 | |||
| Legal fees and expenses |
400,000 | |||
| Printing and engraving expenses |
125,000 | |||
| Transfer agent and registrar fees |
10,000 | |||
| Miscellaneous |
50,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 789,236 | ||
|
|
|
| Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.
Our Charter provides that our directors and officers are not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Our Charter and Bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify, and advance expenses to, any officer or director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.
We have obtained and maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors, officers and some of our employees for certain liabilities. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our current directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL and will enter into indemnification agreements with any future directors and officers. The indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to cover their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
| II-1 |
Table of Contents
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
| Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
On May 7, 2025, in connection with our IPO, we issued 417,470 shares of Common Stock in connection with grants of restricted stock outside of our long-term incentive plan to certain of our officers and employees, after giving effect to the withholding of approximately 234,587 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations. The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and/or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.
| Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Exhibits
Exhibit Index
The following exhibits are incorporated herein by reference or are filed with this prospectus, in each case as indicated therein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K):
| Exhibit Number |
Description | |
| 1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | |
| 3.1 | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2025). | |
| 3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 9, 2025). | |
| 4.1 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 7, 2025, by and among the Company, Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC and Robert Ritchie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 10, 2025). | |
| 5.1* | Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP. | |
| 10.1† | American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 22, 2025). | |
| 10.2† | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Employees) under the American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2025). | |
| 10.3† | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Non-employee Directors) under the American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2025). | |
| 10.4† | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Employees, Time-Based) under the American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2025). | |
| II-2 |
Table of Contents
| Exhibit Number |
Description | |
| 10.5† | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Employees, Performance-Based) under the American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2025). | |
| 10.6† | Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2025). | |
| 10.7†+ | Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 2025, by and between the Company and Robert Ritchie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 10, 2025). | |
| 10.8†+ | Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 2025, by and between the Company and David Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 10, 2025). | |
| 10.9†+ | Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 2025, by and between the Company and Ben Lurie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 10, 2025). | |
| 10.10†+ | Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 2025, by and between the Company and Jon Ritchie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 10, 2025). | |
| 16.1 | Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountant from Deloitte & Touche LLP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on April 29, 2025). | |
| 16.2 | Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountant from Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on April 29, 2025). | |
| 21.1* | List of Subsidiaries. | |
| 23.1* | Consent of Forvis Mazars, LLP. | |
| 23.2* | Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1). | |
| 24.1* | Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement). | |
| 101.INS | Interactive Data File - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document. | |
| 101.SCH* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema | |
| 104* | Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). | |
| 107* | Filing Fee Table. | |
| * | Filed herewith. |
| † | Management compensatory plan or contract. |
| II-3 |
Table of Contents
| + | Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. |
| Item 17. | Undertakings |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
| (1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
| (2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
| II-4 |
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Tampa, State of Florida, on November 17, 2025.
| American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. | ||
| By: |
/s/ Robert Ritchie | |
| Name: |
Robert Ritchie | |
| Title: |
Chief Executive Officer | |
Each person whose signature appears below appoints Robert Ritchie and David Clark and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
| Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
| /s/ Robert Ritchie Robert Ritchie |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Ben Lurie Ben Lurie |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Steve W. Biggs Steve W. Biggs |
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ David Clark David Clark |
Chairman and Director |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Ernest N. Csiszar Ernest N. Csiszar |
Director |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Steven B. Mathis Steven B. Mathis |
Director |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Steven Smathers Steven Smathers |
Director |
November 17, 2025 | ||
| II-5 |
FAQ
What is American Integrity Insurance Group (AII) registering in this S-1?
This S-1 covers a secondary offering of 3,000,000 shares of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. common stock. All shares are being sold by existing stockholders identified as the Selling Stockholders, and no new shares are being issued by the company.
Who is selling the 3,000,000 AII shares and does the company receive any proceeds?
The Selling Stockholders include Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC, Chief Executive Officer Robert Ritchie, and Director Steven Smathers. The company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares, as all proceeds go to the Selling Stockholders.
Is there an over-allotment option in the American Integrity S-1 offering?
Yes. The Selling Stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
What does American Integrity Insurance Group (AII) do?
American Integrity is a profitable, Florida-focused residential property insurer headquartered in Tampa. Through its carrier subsidiary, it provides homeowners and condominium property coverage, along with insurance for vacant dwellings and investment properties. As of September 30, 2025, 94.5% of policies in-force and 97.1% of in-force premium were in Florida.
How has American Integrity (AII) performed financially recently?
For the year ended December 31, 2024, American Integrity reported $767.7 million in gross premiums written, $194.4 million in net premiums written, net income of $39.7 million, and adjusted net income of $39.6 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, gross premiums written were $738.2 million, net premiums written were $74.2 million, net income was $78.8 million, and adjusted net income was $83.4 million.
What is AII’s capital position and growth profile as described in the S-1?
As of September 30, 2025, American Integrity had $315.9 million in shareholders’ equity, up from $162.4 million at December 31, 2024, and a debt-to-equity ratio of less than 1%. The company highlights steady profitability, conservative reinsurance use, and a focus on Florida residential property, with 406,094 policies in-force as of September 30, 2025.
On which exchange does American Integrity Insurance Group trade and what was the recent share price?
American Integrity’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol AII. On November 14, 2025, the last reported share price of AII common stock was $24.96 per share.